Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2014

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

---

FORM 20-F/A

(Amendment No. 1)

Commission file number: 001-16429

---

ABB Ltd
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Switzerland
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Affolternstrasse 44
CH-8050 Zurich
Switzerland
(Address of principal executive offices)

Richard A. Brown
Affolternstrasse 44
CH-8050 Zurich
Switzerland
Telephone: +41-43-317-7111
Facsimile: +41-43-317-7992
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

           Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

---

           Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

           Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

           Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 2,314,743,264 Registered Shares (including treasury shares)

---

           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

           If this is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes o    No ý

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

           Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP ý

           International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board o Other o

           If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. item 17 o    item 18 o

           If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

---

*

Listed on the New York Stock Exchange not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

---

Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

        On March 7, 2014, as a result of an error by our financial printer, our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2013, was prematurely filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This Form 20-F/A is being filed as our complete and correct Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2013, and nothing in the prematurely-filed Annual Report on Form 20-F should be relied upon.

INTRODUCTION

        ABB Ltd is a corporation organized under the laws of Switzerland. In this Annual Report, "the ABB Group," "ABB," the "Company," "we," "our" and "us" refer to ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries (unless the context otherwise requires). We also use these terms to refer to ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd and its subsidiaries prior to the establishment of ABB Ltd as the holding company for the entire ABB Group in 1999, as described in this Annual Report under "Item 4. Information on the Company—Introduction—History of the ABB Group". Our American Depositary Shares (each representing one registered share of ABB Ltd) are referred to as "ADSs". The registered shares of ABB Ltd are referred to as "shares". Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41-43-317-7111.

FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

        ABB Ltd has prepared its statutory unconsolidated financial statements in accordance with the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Consolidated Financial Statements of ABB Ltd, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013 (our Consolidated Financial Statements) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP).

        In this Annual Report: (i) "$," "U.S. dollar" and "USD" refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; (ii) "CHF" and "Swiss franc" refer to the lawful currency of Switzerland; (iii) "EUR" and "euro" refer to the lawful currency of the participating member states of the European Economic and Monetary Union (Eurozone); (iv) "SEK" and "Swedish krona" refer to the lawful currency of Sweden; (v) "Chinese renminbi" refers to the lawful currency of the People's Republic of China; (vi) "AED" refers to the lawful currency of the United Arab Emirates; (vii) "AUD" and "Australian dollar" refer to the lawful currency of Australia; (viii) "Canadian dollar" refers to the lawful currency of Canada; and (ix) "INR" and "Indian Rupee" refer to the lawful currency of India.

        Except as otherwise stated, all monetary amounts in this Annual Report are presented in U.S. dollars. Where specifically indicated, amounts in Swiss francs have been translated into U.S. dollars. These translations are provided for convenience only, and they are not representations that the Swiss franc could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated. These translations have been made using the twelve o'clock buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2013, unless otherwise indicated. The twelve o'clock buying rate for Swiss francs on December 31, 2013 was $1.00 = CHF 0.8904. The twelve o'clock buying rate for Swiss francs on February 28, 2014 was $1.00 = CHF 0.8810.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Annual Report includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms "believes," "estimates," "anticipates," "expects," "intends," "may," "will," or "should" or, in each case, their negative, or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include

1

---

Table of Contents

statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, dispositions, strategies and the countries and industries in which we operate.

        These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to the following:

•

statements in "Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy" regarding our policy on future dividend payments,



•

statements in "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors,"



•

statements in "Item 4. Information on the Company" regarding the timing of intended capital expenditures,



•

statements in "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" regarding our management objectives, including our mid-term outlook, as well as trends in results, prices, volumes, operations, margins and overall market trends, and



•

statements in "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings" regarding the outcome of certain legal and compliance matters.

        By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, may differ materially from those described in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the countries and industries in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are contained in cautionary statements in this Annual Report and include, without limitation, the following:

•

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the volatile global economic environment and political conditions.



•

Illegal behavior by any of our employees or agents could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows, and financial position as well as on our reputation and our ability to do business.



•

Our operations in emerging markets expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.



•

Undertaking long-term, fixed price or turnkey projects exposes our businesses to risk of loss should our actual costs exceed our estimated or budgeted costs.



•

We operate in very competitive markets and could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes.



•

Our multi-national operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.



•

Our hedging activities may not protect us against the consequences of significant fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices on our earnings and cash flows.



•

Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials may adversely affect our financial performance.



•

An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

2

---

Table of Contents

•

Many of our contracts contain performance obligations that require innovative design capabilities, are technologically complex, require state-of-the-art manufacturing expertise or are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control. Failure to meet these obligations could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.



•

Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers.



•

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We incur costs to comply with such regulations, and our ongoing operations may expose us to environmental liabilities.



•

We may be the subject of product liability claims.



•

We may encounter difficulty in managing our business due to the global nature of our operations.



•

If we are unable to obtain performance and other guarantees from financial institutions, we may be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher.



•

Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could result in lower earnings and cash flows.



•

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management and personnel then our business may be adversely affected.



•

Anticipated benefits of existing and potential future mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances may not be realized.



•

We could be affected by future laws or regulations enacted to address climate change concerns as well as the physical effects of climate change.



•

Increased information technology (IT) security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.

        We urge you to read the sections of this Annual Report entitled "Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors," "Item 4. Information on the Company" and "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our future performance and the countries and industries in which we operate. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking circumstances described in this Annual Report and the assumptions underlying them may not occur.

        Except as required by law or applicable stock exchange rules or regulations, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or to persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements referred to above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report.

PART I

Item 1.    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

        Not applicable

Item 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

        Not applicable

Item 3.    Key Information

3

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents our selected financial and operating information at the dates and for each of the periods indicated. You should read the following information together with the information contained in "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," as well as our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

        Our selected financial data are presented in the following tables in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have been derived from our published Consolidated Financial Statements. Our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were audited by Ernst & Young AG.

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:

4

---

Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

CASH FLOW DATA:

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        Payment of dividends is subject to general business conditions, ABB's current and expected financial condition and performance and other relevant factors including growth opportunities. ABB's current dividend policy is to pay a steadily rising, sustainable annual dividend over time.

        The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. As a holding company, ABB Ltd's main sources of income are dividend and interest from its subsidiaries.

        At December 31, 2013, of the CHF 11,637 million total stockholders' equity recorded in ABB Ltd's unconsolidated statutory financial statements, CHF 2,384 million represented share capital, CHF 3,938 million was attributable to legal reserves (of which CHF 2,642 million represented the capital contribution reserve, CHF 296 million represented the reserve for own shares, and CHF 1,000 million was in respect of ordinary legal reserves), and CHF 5,315 million was attributable to free reserves, principally representing net income and retained earnings available for distribution.

        With respect to the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012, ABB Ltd paid a dividend of CHF 0.51 (USD 0.48) per share, CHF 0.60 (USD 0.69) per share, CHF 0.65 (USD 0.69) per share, and CHF 0.68 (USD 0.71) per share, respectively. The dividend in respect of the year ended December 31, 2009 was paid by way of a nominal value reduction (reduction in the par value of each share). The USD amounts for each of the foregoing dividend payments made in CHF have been translated using the average rates of the month in which the dividends were paid.

        With respect to the year ended December 31, 2013, ABB Ltd's Board of Directors has proposed to pay a dividend of CHF 0.70 per share, subject to approval by shareholders at ABB's 2014 Annual General Meeting.

5

---

Table of Contents

        For further information on dividends and dividend policy see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders' participation—Shareholders' dividend rights".

RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report and the following description of risks and uncertainties that we currently believe may exist. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks of which we are unaware or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See "Forward-Looking Statements".

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the volatile global economic environment and political conditions.

        Adverse changes in economic or political conditions, both inside and outside the U.S., could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Economic volatility and financial market disruptions may adversely impact the demand for our products and services. These and other factors may prevent our customers and suppliers from obtaining the financing required to pursue their business activities as planned, which may force them to modify, delay or cancel plans to purchase or supply our products or services. In addition, if our customers do not generate sufficient revenue, or fail to obtain access to the capital markets, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, the amounts they owe us. Customers with liquidity issues may lead to additional bad debt expense for us, which may adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. We are also subject to the risk that the counterparties to our credit agreements and hedging transactions may go bankrupt if they suffer catastrophic demand on their liquidity that prevents them from fulfilling their contractual obligations to us.

        Apart from effects relating to the financial crisis and the global economic slowdown that it entailed, our business environment is influenced by numerous other economic or political uncertainties which will affect the global economy and the international capital markets. In periods of slow economic growth or decline, our customers are more likely to decrease expenditures on the types of products and systems we supply and we are more likely to experience decreased revenues as a result. Our power technology divisions are affected by the level of investments by utilities, and our automation technology divisions are affected by conditions in a broad range of industries, including the automotive, pharmaceutical, pulp and paper, marine, metals and minerals and manufacturing and consumer industries. At various times during the last several years, we also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines in certain businesses, reflecting the effect of items such as competitive pricing pressures, inventory write-downs, charges associated with the cancellation of planned expansion, increases in pension and postretirement benefit expenses, and increases in component and manufacturing costs resulting from higher labor and material costs borne by our manufacturers and suppliers that, as a result of competitive pricing pressures or other factors, we are unable to pass on to our customers. Economic downturns also may lead to restructuring actions and associated expenses. Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult for us to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments.

        In addition, we are subject to the risks that our business operations in or with certain countries may be adversely affected by trade or economic sanctions or other restrictions imposed on these countries and that actual or potential investors that object to these business operations may adversely affect the price of our shares by disposing of, or deciding not to, purchase our shares. These countries may from time to time include countries that are identified by the United States as state sponsors of terrorism. In 2013, our total revenues from business with countries identified by the U.S. government as

6

---

Table of Contents

state sponsors of terrorism represented a very small percentage of our total revenues. Based on the amount of revenues and other relevant quantitative and qualitative factors, we have determined that our business in 2013 with countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism was not material.

Illegal behavior by any of our employees or agents could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows, and financial position as well as on our reputation and our ability to do business.

        Certain of our employees or agents have taken, and may in the future take, actions that violate or are alleged to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (FCPA), legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, applicable antitrust laws and other applicable laws or regulations. For more information regarding investigations of past actions taken by certain of our employees, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings". Such actions have resulted, and in the future could result, in governmental investigations, enforcement actions, civil and criminal penalties, including monetary penalties and other sanctions, and civil litigation. It is possible that any governmental investigation or enforcement action arising from such matters could conclude that a violation of applicable law has occurred and the consequences of any such investigation or enforcement action may have a material adverse impact on our consolidated operating results, cash flows and financial position. In addition, such actions, whether actual or alleged, could damage our reputation and ability to do business.

        Further, detecting, investigating and resolving such actions could be expensive and could consume significant time and attention of our senior management. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our internal control systems have not been, and in the future may not be, completely effective to prevent and detect such improper activities by our employees and agents.

Our operations in emerging markets expose us to risks associated with conditions in those markets.

        A significant amount of our operations is conducted in the emerging markets in South America, Asia, and the Middle East and Africa. In 2013, approximately 46 percent of our consolidated revenues were generated from these emerging markets. Operations in emerging markets can present risks that are not encountered in countries with well-established economic and political systems, including:

•

economic instability, which could make it difficult for us to anticipate future business conditions in these markets, cause delays in the placement of orders for projects that we have been awarded and subject us to volatile geographic markets,



•

political or social instability, such as the recent political unrest in Northern Africa, which could make our customers less willing to make cross-border investments in such regions and could complicate our dealings with governments regarding permits or other regulatory matters, local businesses and workforces,



•

boycotts and embargoes that may be imposed by the international community on countries in which we operate could adversely affect the ability of our operations in those countries to obtain the materials necessary to fulfill contracts and our ability to pursue business or establish operations in those countries,



•

foreign state takeovers of our facilities,



•

significant fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates,



•

the imposition of unexpected taxes or other payments on our revenues in these markets,

7

---

Table of Contents

•

the ability to obtain financing and/or insurance coverage from export credit agencies, and



•

the introduction of exchange controls and other restrictions by foreign governments.

        Additionally, political and social instability resulting from increased violence in certain countries in which we do business has raised concerns about the safety of our personnel. These concerns may hinder our ability to send personnel abroad and to hire and retain local personnel. Such concerns may require us to increase security for personnel traveling to such facilities or to conduct more operations from our other facilities rather than from facilities located in such countries, which may negatively impact our operations and result in higher costs and inefficiencies.

        In addition, the legal and regulatory systems of many emerging market countries are less developed and less well-enforced than in industrialized countries. Therefore, our ability to protect our contractual and other legal rights in these countries could be limited. Consequently, our exposure to the conditions in or affecting emerging markets may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Undertaking long-term, fixed price or turnkey projects exposes our businesses to risk of loss should our actual costs exceed our estimated or budgeted costs.

        We derive a portion of our revenues from long-term, fixed price or turnkey projects that are awarded on a competitive basis and can take many months, or even years, to complete. Such contracts involve substantial risks, including the possibility that we may underbid and the fact that we typically assume substantially all of the risks associated with completing the project and the post-completion warranty obligations. These risks include the project's technical risk, meaning that we must tailor our products and systems to satisfy the technical requirements of a project even though, at the time we are awarded the project, we may not have previously produced such a product or system. The revenue, cost and gross profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original projections because of changes in conditions, including but not limited to:

•

unanticipated technical problems with the equipment being supplied or developed by us which may require us to incur incremental expenses to remedy the problem,



•

changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,



•

difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,



•

project modifications that create unanticipated costs,



•

delays caused by force majeure or local weather and geological conditions, including natural disasters,



•

customer delays,



•

shortages of construction equipment,



•

changes in law or government policy,



•

supply bottlenecks, especially of key components, and



•

suppliers', subcontractors' or consortium partners' failure to perform.

        These risks are exacerbated if the duration of the project is extended because then there is an increased risk that the circumstances upon which we originally bid and quoted a price change in a manner that increases our costs. In addition, we sometimes bear the risk of delays caused by unexpected conditions or events. Our project contracts often make us subject to penalties if we cannot complete portions of the project in accordance with agreed-upon time limits and guaranteed performance levels.

8

---

Table of Contents

We operate in very competitive markets and could be adversely affected if we fail to keep pace with technological changes.

        We operate in very competitive environments in particular with respect to product performance, developing integrated systems and applications that address the business challenges faced by our customers, pricing, new product introduction time and customer service. The relative importance of these factors differs across the geographic markets and product areas that we serve. The markets for our products and services are characterized by evolving industry standards (particularly for our automation technology products and systems), rapidly changing technology and increased competition as a result of privatization (particularly for our power products and systems). For example, as power transmission and distribution providers throughout the world have been undergoing substantial privatization, their need has increased for timely product and service innovations that increase efficiency and allow them to compete in a deregulated environment. Additionally, the continual development of advanced technologies for new products and product enhancements is an important way in which we maintain acceptable pricing levels. If we fail to keep pace with technological changes in the industrial sectors that we serve, we may experience price erosion and lower margins.

        All of our primary competitors are sophisticated companies with significant resources that may develop products and services that are superior to our products and services or may adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, industry changes or evolving customer requirements. We are also facing increased competition from low cost competitors in emerging markets, which may give rise to increased pressure to reduce our prices. Our failure to anticipate or respond quickly to technological developments or customer requirements could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our multi-national operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

        Exchange rate fluctuations have had, and could continue to have, a material impact on our operating results, the comparability of our results between periods, the value of assets or liabilities as recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and the price of our securities. The global financial crisis has led to increased volatility in exchange rates, which makes it harder to predict exchange rates and thus do accurate financial planning. Changes in exchange rates can unpredictably and adversely affect our consolidated operating results and could result in exchange losses.

        Currency Translation Risk.    The results of operations and financial position of most of our non-U.S. companies are initially recorded in the currency, which we call "local currency," of the country in which the respective company resides. That financial information is then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements. The exchange rates between local currencies and the U.S. dollar can fluctuate substantially, which could have a significant translation effect on our reported consolidated results of operations and financial position.

        Increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar versus local currencies will affect the reported value of our local currency assets, liabilities, revenues and costs in our Consolidated Financial Statements, even if the value of these items has not changed in local currency terms. These translations could significantly and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position from period to period.

        Currency Transaction Risk.    Currency risk exposure also affects our operations when our sales are denominated in currencies that are different from those in which our manufacturing or sourcing costs are incurred. In this case, if after the parties agree on a price, the value of the currency in which the price is to be paid were to weaken relative to the currency in which we incur manufacturing or sourcing costs, there would be a negative impact on the profit margin for any such transaction. This transaction risk may exist regardless of whether or not there is also a currency translation risk as described above.

9

---

Table of Contents

        Currency exchange rate fluctuations in those currencies in which we incur our principal manufacturing expenses or sourcing costs may adversely affect our ability to compete with companies whose costs are incurred in other currencies. If our principal expense currencies appreciate in value against such other currencies, our competitiveness may be weakened.

Our hedging activities may not protect us against the consequences of significant fluctuations in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices on our earnings and cash flows.

        Our policy is to hedge material currency exposures by entering into offsetting transactions with third-party financial institutions. Given the effective horizons of our risk management activities and the anticipatory nature of the exposures intended to be hedged, there can be no assurance that our currency hedging activities will fully offset the adverse financial impact resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. In addition, the timing of the accounting for recognition of gains and losses related to a hedging instrument may not coincide with the timing of gains and losses related to the underlying economic exposures.

        As a resource-intensive operation, we are exposed to a variety of market and asset risks, including the effects of changes in commodity prices and interest rates. We monitor and manage these exposures as an integral part of our overall risk management program, which recognizes the unpredictability of markets and seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects on our business. As part of our effort to manage these exposures, we may enter into commodity price and interest rate hedging arrangements. Nevertheless, changes in commodity prices and interest rates cannot always be predicted or hedged.

        If we are unable to successfully manage the risk of changes in exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices or if our hedging counterparties are unable to perform their obligations under our hedging agreements with them, then changes in these rates and prices could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in costs or limitation of supplies of raw materials may adversely affect our financial performance.

        We purchase large amounts of commodity-based raw materials, including steel, copper, aluminum and oil. Prevailing prices for such commodities are subject to fluctuations due to changes in supply and demand and a variety of additional factors beyond our control, such as global political and economic conditions. Historically, prices for some of these raw materials have been volatile and unpredictable, and such volatility is expected to continue. Therefore, commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in raw material costs, and we may be unable to increase our prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volumes, revenues or operating income. We do not fully hedge against changes in commodity prices and our hedging procedures may not work as planned.

        We depend on third parties to supply raw materials and other components and may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of these materials and components, which could limit our ability to manufacture products on a timely basis and could harm our profitability. For some raw materials and components, we rely on a single supplier or a small number of suppliers. If one of these suppliers were unable to provide us with a raw material or component we need, our ability to manufacture some of our products could be adversely affected until we are able to establish a new supply arrangement. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our suppliers are unable to deliver sufficient quantities of materials on a timely basis, the manufacture and sale of our products may be disrupted, we might have obligations under our performance guarantees and our sales and profitability could be materially adversely affected.

10

---

Table of Contents

An inability to protect our intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

        Our intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses. We generate, maintain, utilize and enforce a substantial portfolio of trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights globally. Intellectual property protection is subject to applicable laws in various local jurisdictions where interpretations and protections vary or can be unpredictable and costly to enforce. We use our intellectual property rights to protect the goodwill of our products, promote our product recognition, protect our proprietary technology and development activities, enhance our competitiveness and otherwise support our business goals and objectives. However, there can be no assurance that the steps we take to obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property rights will be adequate. Our intellectual property rights may fail to provide us with significant competitive advantages, particularly in foreign jurisdictions that do not have, or do not enforce, strong intellectual property rights. The weakening of protection of our trademarks, trade dress, patents and other intellectual property rights could adversely affect our business.

Many of our contracts contain performance obligations that require innovative design capabilities, are technologically complex, require state-of-the-art manufacturing expertise or are dependent upon factors not wholly within our control. Failure to meet these obligations could adversely affect our profitability and future prospects.

        We design, develop and manufacture technologically advanced and innovative products and services applied by our customers in a variety of environments. Problems and delays in our development or delivery of products or services as a result of issues with respect to design, technology, licensing and patent rights, labor, learning curve assumptions or materials and components could prevent us from achieving contractual requirements.

        In addition, our products cannot be tested and proven in all situations and are otherwise subject to unforeseen problems. Examples of unforeseen problems that could negatively affect revenue and profitability include premature failure of products that cannot be accessed for repair or replacement, problems with quality, country of origin, delivery of subcontractor components or services and unplanned degradation of product performance. Among the factors that may affect revenue and profits could be unforeseen costs and expenses not covered by insurance or indemnification from the customer, diversion of management focus in responding to unforeseen problems, loss of follow-on work, and, in the case of certain contracts, repayment to the customer of contract cost and fee payments we previously received as well as potential damages, which may significantly exceed the contract price.

Industry consolidation could result in more powerful competitors and fewer customers.

        Competitors in the industries in which we operate are consolidating. In particular, the automation industry is undergoing consolidation that is reducing the number but increasing the size of companies that compete with us. As our competitors consolidate, they likely will increase their market share, gain economies of scale that enhance their ability to compete with us and/or acquire additional products and technologies that could displace our product offerings.

        Our customer base also is undergoing consolidation. Consolidation within our customers' industries (such as the marine and cruise industry, the automotive, aluminum, steel, pulp and paper and pharmaceutical industries and the oil and gas industry) could affect our customers and their relationships with us. If one of our competitors' customers acquires any of our customers, we may lose that business. Additionally, as our customers become larger and more concentrated, they could exert pricing pressure on all suppliers, including us. For example, in an industry such as power transmission, which historically has consisted of large and concentrated customers such as utilities, price competition can be a factor in determining which products and services will be selected by a customer.

11

---

Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We incur costs to comply with such regulations, and our ongoing operations may expose us to environmental liabilities.

        Our operations are subject to U.S., European and other laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Our manufacturing facilities use and produce paint residues, solvents, metals, oils and related residues. We use petroleum-based insulation in transformers, polyvinylchloride (PVC) resin to manufacture PVC cable and chloroparaffin as a flame retardant. We have manufactured and sold, and we are using in some of our factories, certain types of transformers and capacitors containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). These are considered to be hazardous substances in many jurisdictions in which we operate. We may be subject to substantial liabilities for environmental contamination arising from the use of such substances. All of our manufacturing operations are subject to ongoing compliance costs in respect of environmental matters and the associated capital expenditure requirements.

        In addition, we may be subject to significant fines and penalties if we do not comply with environmental laws and regulations including those referred to above. Some environmental laws provide for joint and several or strict liability for remediation of releases of hazardous substances, which could result in us incurring a liability for environmental damage without regard to our negligence or fault. Such laws and regulations could expose us to liability arising out of the conduct of operations or conditions caused by others, or for our acts which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time the acts were performed. Additionally, we may be subject to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of alleged exposure to hazardous substances. Changes in the environmental laws and regulations, or claims for damages to persons, property, natural resources or the environment, could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us.

We may be the subject of product liability claims.

        We may be required to pay for losses or injuries purportedly caused by the design, manufacture or operation of our products and systems. Additionally, we may be subject to product liability claims for the improper installation of products and systems designed and manufactured by others.

        Product liability claims brought against us may be based in tort or in contract, and typically involve claims seeking compensation for personal injury or property damage. If the claimant runs a commercial business, claims are often made also for financial losses arising from interruption of operations. Based on the nature and application of many of the products we manufacture, a defect or alleged defect in one of these products could have serious consequences. For example:

•

If the products produced by our power technology divisions are defective, there is a risk of fires, explosions and power surges, and significant damage to electricity generating, transmission and distribution facilities as well as electrical shock causing injury or death.



•

If the products produced by our automation technology divisions are defective, our customers could suffer significant damage to facilities and equipment that rely on these products and systems to properly monitor and control their manufacturing processes. Additionally, people could be exposed to electrical shock and/or other harm causing injury or death.



•

If any of the products produced by us contain hazardous substances then there is a risk that such products or substances could injure or kill people.

        If we were to incur a very large product liability claim, our insurance protection might not be adequate or sufficient to cover such a claim in terms of paying any awards or settlements, and/or paying for our defense costs. Further, some claims may be outside the scope of our insurance coverage. If a litigant were successful against us, a lack or insufficiency of insurance coverage could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Additionally, a well-publicized actual or perceived problem could adversely affect our market reputation which could

12

---

Table of Contents

result in a decline in demand for our products. Furthermore, if we were required or we otherwise determined to make a product recall, the costs could be significant.

We may encounter difficulty in managing our business due to the global nature of our operations.

        We operate in approximately 100 countries around the world and, as of December 31, 2013, employed approximately 150,000 people. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 44 percent of our employees were located in Europe, approximately 23 percent in the Americas, approximately 27 percent in Asia and approximately 6 percent in the Middle East and Africa. In order to manage our day-to-day operations, we must overcome cultural and language barriers and assimilate different business practices. In addition, we are required to create compensation programs, employment policies and other administrative programs that comply with the laws of multiple countries. We also must communicate and monitor group-wide standards and directives across our global network. Our failure to manage successfully our geographically diverse operations could impair our ability to react quickly to changing business and market conditions and to enforce compliance with group-wide standards and procedures.

If we are unable to obtain performance and other guarantees from financial institutions, we may be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher.

        In the normal course of our business and in accordance with industry practice, we provide a number of guarantees including bid-bonds, advance payment guarantees and performance guarantees, which guarantee our own performance. These guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed or that a project or particular equipment will achieve defined performance criteria. If we fail to attain the defined criteria, we must make payments in cash or in kind. Performance guarantees frequently are requested in relation to large projects in our core power and automation businesses.

        Some customers require that performance guarantees be issued by a financial institution. In considering whether to issue a guarantee on our behalf, financial institutions consider our credit ratings. In addition, the global financial crisis has made it more difficult and expensive to obtain these guarantees. If, in the future, we cannot obtain such a guarantee from a financial institution on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we could be prevented from bidding on, or obtaining, some contracts, or our costs with respect to such contracts could be higher, which would reduce the profitability of the contracts. If we cannot obtain guarantees on commercially reasonable terms or at all from financial institutions in the future, there could be a material impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Examinations by tax authorities and changes in tax regulations could result in lower earnings and cash flows.

        We operate in approximately 100 countries and therefore are subject to different tax regulations. Changes in tax law could result in higher tax expense and payments. Furthermore, this could materially impact our tax receivables and liabilities as well as deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the uncertainty of tax environment in some regions could limit our ability to enforce our rights. As a globally operating organization, we conduct business in countries subject to complex tax rules, which may be interpreted in different ways. Future interpretations or developments of tax regimes may affect our tax liability, return on investments and business operations. We are regularly examined by tax authorities in various jurisdictions.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified management and personnel then our business may be adversely affected.

        Our success depends in part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate and retain highly qualified personnel, particularly our senior management team and key employees. Competition for highly

13

---

Table of Contents

qualified management and technical personnel remains intense in the industries and regions in which we operate. If we are unable to attract and retain members of our senior management team and key employees this could have an adverse effect on our business.

Anticipated benefits of existing and potential future mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures or strategic alliances may not be realized.

        As part of our overall strategy, we may, from time to time, acquire businesses or interests in businesses, including noncontrolling interests, or form joint ventures or create strategic alliances. Whether we realize the anticipated benefits from these transactions depends, in part, upon the integration between the businesses involved, the performance and development of the underlying products, capabilities or technologies, our correct assessment of assumed liabilities and the management of the operations in question. Accordingly, our financial results could be adversely affected by unanticipated performance and liability issues, transaction-related charges, amortization related to intangibles, charges for impairment of long-term assets and partner performance. Although we believe that we have established appropriate and adequate procedures and processes to identify and mitigate these risks, there is no assurance that these transactions will be successful.

We could be affected by future laws or regulations enacted to address climate change concerns as well as the physical effects of climate change.

        Although we do not believe existing or pending laws and regulations intended to address climate change concerns will materially adversely affect our current business or operations, such laws and regulations could materially affect us in the future. We may need to incur additional costs to comply with these laws and regulations. We could also be affected indirectly by increased prices for goods or services provided to us by companies that are directly affected by these laws and regulations and pass their increased costs through to their customers. At this time, we cannot estimate what impact such costs may have on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We could also be affected by the physical consequences of climate change itself, although we cannot estimate what impact those consequences might have on our business or operations.

Increased information technology (IT) security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.

        We have observed a global increase in IT security threats and more sophisticated cyber-attacks, both in general and against us, which pose a risk to the security of systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data stored and transmitted on those systems and networks. While we attempt to mitigate these risks by employing a number of measures, including employee training, comprehensive monitoring of our networks and systems, and maintenance of backup and protective systems such as firewalls and virus scanners, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to attacks. Depending on their nature and scope, such attacks could potentially lead to the compromising of confidential information, improper use of our systems and networks, or those we supplied to our customers, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and supply shortages, which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness and results of operations.

14

---

Table of Contents

Item 4.    Information on the Company

INTRODUCTION

About ABB

        We are a global leader in power and automation technologies. We are committed to improving the performance and lowering the environmental impact for our industry and utility customers. We provide a broad range of products, systems, solutions and services that are designed to boost industrial productivity, increase power grid reliability, and enhance energy efficiency. Our automation businesses serve a full range of industries with process optimization, control, measurement and protection applications. Our power businesses focus on power transmission, distribution and power-plant automation, and support electric, gas and water utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers.

History of the ABB Group

        The ABB Group was formed in 1988 through a merger between Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG. Initially founded in 1883, Asea AB was a major participant in the introduction of electricity into Swedish homes and businesses and in the development of Sweden's railway network. In the 1940s and 1950s, Asea AB expanded into the power, mining and steel industries. Brown Boveri and Cie. (later renamed BBC Brown Boveri AG) was formed in Switzerland in 1891 and initially specialized in power generation and turbines. In the early to mid-1900s, it expanded its operations throughout Europe and broadened its business operations to include a wide range of electrical engineering activities.

        In January 1988, Asea AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG each contributed almost all of their businesses to the newly formed ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, of which they each owned 50 percent. In 1996, Asea AB was renamed ABB AB and BBC Brown Boveri AG was renamed ABB AG. In February 1999, the ABB Group announced a group reconfiguration designed to establish a single parent holding company and a single class of shares. ABB Ltd was incorporated on March 5, 1999, under the laws of Switzerland. In June 1999, ABB Ltd became the holding company for the entire ABB Group. This was accomplished by having ABB Ltd issue shares to the shareholders of ABB AG and ABB AB, the two companies that formerly owned the ABB Group. The ABB Ltd shares were exchanged for the shares of those two companies, which, as a result of the share exchange and certain related transactions, became wholly-owned subsidiaries of ABB Ltd. ABB Ltd shares are currently listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Shares).

Organizational structure

        Our business is international in scope and we generate revenues in numerous currencies. We operate in approximately 100 countries across four regions: Europe, the Americas, Asia, and the Middle East and Africa (MEA). We are headquartered in Zurich, Switzerland.

        We manage our business based on a divisional structure, with five divisions: Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Process Automation, Power Products, and Power Systems. For a breakdown of our consolidated revenues (i) by operating division and (ii) derived from each geographic region in which we operate, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Analysis of Results of Operations—Revenues."

        Our principal corporate offices are located at Affolternstrasse 44, CH-8050 Zurich, Switzerland, telephone number +41-43-317-7111. Our agent for U.S. federal securities law purposes is ABB Holdings Inc., located at 12040 Regency Parkway, Suite 200, Cary, North Carolina 27518.

15

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS DIVISIONS

Industry background

        Our five divisions operate across two key markets: automation and power. Our divisions serve these markets through a global production, engineering and service base. The markets and our divisions are discussed in more detail below. Revenue figures presented in this Business Divisions section are before interdivisional eliminations.

Automation Market

        We serve the automation market with a wide variety of products, systems and services designed primarily to improve industrial productivity, energy efficiency and product quality in industrial and manufacturing applications. These also reflect the main demand drivers in the automation market, such as the need by our customers to reduce energy and raw material costs, improve product and process quality, increase process and manufacturing safety, lower their environmental impacts and improve the management of large assets such as manufacturing plants. The automation market can be divided into three sectors:

•

Process automation refers to measurement, control, electrification and other applications used in processes where the main objective is continuous production, such as in the oil and gas, power, chemicals, mining, metals, and pulp and paper industries. Product lines for this market include distributed control systems, plant electrification, instrumentation, analytical measurement, control products and motors and drives.



•

Factory automation refers to discrete operations that manufacture individual items in applications such as material handling, picking and packing, metal fabrication, welding, painting and foundry. Typical industries where factory automation is used include automotive, consumer electronics and food and beverage. Product lines for this market include robotic products, systems and services, modular manufacturing solutions, control products and systems, as well as motors, drives and low-voltage products for control and power applications.



•

Building automation comprises product lines and applications aimed at improving the energy efficiency of buildings through automated control of indoor climate, lighting and security. Product lines for this market include a wide range of low-voltage products.

Power Market

        We serve the power market with products, systems and services designed primarily to deliver electricity. Electricity is generated in power stations of various types, including thermal, wind, solar and hydro plants and is then fed into an electricity grid through which it is transmitted and distributed to consumers. Transmission systems link power generation sources to distribution systems, often over long distances. Distribution systems then branch out over shorter distances to carry electricity to end users. These electricity networks incorporate sophisticated devices to transmit electricity, control and monitor the power flow and ensure efficiency, reliability, quality and safety.

        The primary demand driver in the power market is the growing need for reliable electricity supplies to support economic growth and address the global environmental challenge. This is also driving increased demand for renewable energy and high-efficiency power systems and equipment. As new power sources and loads are added, there is a need for grids and power networks to become more flexible, reliable and smarter. Power quality, stability and security of supply become key priorities. Additional drivers vary by region. Capacity addition across the power value chain is the key market driver in emerging markets, mainly in Asia, the Middle East, South America and Africa. In North America, the focus is on upgrading and replacing aging infrastructure, improving grid reliability and enabling smarter power networks. In Europe, the focus is on upgrading the power infrastructure,

16

---

Table of Contents

integrating renewable energy sources such as wind power, and building interconnections to allow more efficient use of power.

Discrete Automation and Motion Division

Overview

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division offers a wide range of products and services including drives, motors, generators, power electronics systems, rectifiers, power quality and power protection products, mechanical power transmission of rotating equipment, traction converters, solar inverters, wind turbine converters, electric vehicle charging infrastructure, programmable logic controllers (PLCs), and industrial robots. These products help customers to improve productivity, quality, and energy efficiency, and generate energy. Key applications include energy conversion, data processing, actuation, automation, standardized manufacturing cells for applications such as machine tending, welding, cutting, painting, finishing, picking, packing and palletizing, and engineered systems for the automotive industry. The majority of these applications are for industrial applications including discrete manufacturing, process automation and hybrid or batch manufacturing, with others provided for infrastructure and buildings, transportation, and utilities. The division also provides a full range of life-cycle services, from product and system maintenance to system design, including energy efficiency appraisals and preventive maintenance services.

        Revenues are generated both from direct sales to end users as well as from indirect sales through distributors, machine builders and OEMs (original equipment manufacturers), system integrators, and panel builders.

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division had approximately 30,200 employees as of December 31, 2013, and generated $9.9 billion of revenues in 2013.

Products and Services

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division provides low-voltage and medium-voltage drive products and systems for industrial, commercial and residential applications. Drives provide speed, motion and torque control for equipment such as fans, pumps, compressors, conveyors, kilns, centrifuges, mixers, hoists, cranes, extruders, printing machinery and textile machines. The drives are used in the building automation, marine, power, transportation and manufacturing industries, among others.

        The division also produces a range of power conversion products. These include static excitation and synchronizing systems that provide stability for power stations, uninterruptible power supply modular systems, as well as high power rectifiers that convert alternating current (AC) power to direct current (DC) power for very high-amperage applications such as furnaces in aluminum smelters. The division also manufactures solar inverters, wind turbine converters and converters for power protection, grid interconnections, and energy storage and grid stabilization. Rail traction converters and a range of solutions for the charging of electric vehicles are also part of the division's portfolio.

        Discrete Automation and Motion supplies a comprehensive range of electrical motors and generators, including high-efficiency motors that conform to leading environmental and Minimum Energy Performance Standards (MEPS). Efficiency is an important selection criterion for customers, because electric motors account for nearly two-thirds of the electricity consumed by industrial plants. The Discrete Automation and Motion division manufactures synchronous motors for the most demanding applications and a full range of low- and high-voltage induction motors, for both IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) standards.

17

---

Table of Contents

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division offers robots, controllers and software systems and services for the automotive manufacturers and their sub-suppliers as well as for general manufacturing industries, to improve product quality, productivity and consistency in manufacturing processes. Robots are also used in activities or environments which may be hazardous to employee health and safety, such as repetitive lifting, dusty, hot or cold rooms, or painting booths. In the automotive industry, the robot products and systems are used in such areas as press shop, body shop, paint shop, power train assembly, trim and final assembly. General industry segments in which robotics solutions are used range from metal fabrication, foundry, plastics, food and beverage, chemicals and pharmaceuticals to consumer electronics, solar and wood. Typical general industry applications include welding, material handling, painting, picking, packing and palletizing.

        The division also offers services that complement its products, including design and project management, engineering, installation, training and life-cycle care, energy efficiency appraisals and preventive maintenance.

Customers

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division serves a wide range of customers. Customers include machinery manufacturers, process industries such as pulp and paper, oil and gas, and metals and mining companies, hybrid and batch manufacturers such as food and beverage companies, rail equipment manufacturers, discrete manufacturing companies, utilities and renewable energy suppliers, particularly in the wind and solar sectors, as well as customers in the automotive industry.

Sales and Marketing

        Sales are made both through direct sales forces as well as through third-party channel partners, such as distributors, wholesalers, installers, machine builders and OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets.

Competition

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division's principal competitors vary by product line but include Alstom, Fanuc Robotics, Kuka Robot Group, Rockwell Automation, Schneider, Siemens, Yaskawa, SMA and WEG Industries.

Capital Expenditures

        The Discrete Automation and Motion division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $214 million in 2013, compared to $197 million and $202 million in 2012 and in 2011, respectively. Principal investments in 2013 were primarily related to equipment replacement and upgrades. Geographically, in 2013, the Americas represented 51 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by Europe (34 percent), Asia (13 percent) and MEA (2 percent).

Low Voltage Products Division

Overview

        The Low Voltage Products division helps customers to improve productivity, save energy and increase safety. The division offers a wide range of products and systems, with related services, that provide protection, control and measurement for electrical installations, enclosures, switchboards, electronics and electromechanical devices for industrial machines and plants. The main applications are in industry, building, infrastructure, rail and sustainable transportation, renewable energies and e-mobility applications.

18

---

Table of Contents

        The Low Voltage Products division had approximately 31,700 employees as of December 31, 2013, and generated $7.7 billion of revenues in 2013.

        A majority of the division's revenues comes from sales through distributors, wholesalers, OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders, although a portion of the division's revenues comes from direct sales to end users and utilities.

Products and Services

        The Low Voltage Products division offering covers a wide range of products and services including low-voltage switchgears, breakers, switches, control products, DIN-rail components, automation and distribution enclosures, wiring accessories and installation material for any kind of application.

        The division offers solutions for restoring service rapidly in case of a fault and providing optimum protection of the electrical installation and people using such installation. The product offering ranges from miniature circuit breakers to high-capacity molded-case and air circuit breakers, and includes safety switches used for power distribution in factories and buildings, fuse gear systems for short circuit and overload protection as well as cabling and connection components.

        The Low Voltage Products division also offers terminal blocks and printed circuit board connectors used by panel builders and OEMs to produce standard distribution and control panels as well as specialized applications in industries such as traction, energy, maritime, explosive atmospheres and electronics. In addition, the division offers a range of contactors, soft starters, starters, proximity sensors, safety products for industrial protection, limit switches and manual motor starters, along with electronic relays and overload relays.

        The division provides smart home and intelligent building control systems, also known as KNX protocol, a complete system for all energy-reducing building application areas such as lighting and shutters, heating, ventilation, cooling and security. In addition, the division's IEC and NEMA compliant switchgear technology integrates intelligent motor and feeder control solutions to enhance protection, digital control, condition monitoring and plant-wide data access by process control systems, electrical control systems and other plant computers.

        The Low Voltage Products division has also developed a range of products for new markets, such as those used by electric vehicles (e-mobility) and in photovoltaic, solar and wind applications. These include circuit breakers, energy meters, switch-disconnectors, residual current-operated circuit breakers, interface relays and other products designed for outdoor installation.

        The division also supplies a wide range of electrical components including conduits, boxes, covers, fittings, connectors, fasteners, wiring ducts, terminals, cable trays, struts, grounding, insulation, switchgear, metal framing, earthing & lightning protection and industrial lighting products for various types of application.

Customers

        The Low Voltage Products division serves a wide range of customers, including residential and commercial building contractors, process industries, rail equipment manufacturers, manufacturing companies, utilities and renewable energy suppliers, particularly in the wind and solar sectors.

Sales and Marketing

        Sales are made both through direct sales forces as well as through third-party channel partners, such as distributors, wholesalers, installers, machine builders and OEMs, system integrators, and panel builders. The proportion of direct sales compared to channel partner sales varies among the different industries, product technologies and geographic markets.

19

---

Table of Contents

Competition

        The Low Voltage Products division's principal competitors vary by product line but include Eaton Corporation, Legrand, Mitsubishi, Schneider, Siemens, Leviton and Rittal.

Capital Expenditures

        The Low Voltage Products division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $204 million in 2013, compared to $208 million and $149 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Investments in 2013 related to investments in production capacity and productivity improvements throughout the division's global footprint. Geographically, in 2013, Europe represented 43 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (34 percent), Asia (22 percent) and MEA (1 percent).

Process Automation Division

Overview

        The Process Automation division provides products, systems, and services for the automation and electrification of industrial processes. Our core industries are pulp and paper, metals, minerals and mining, chemical, oil and gas, and marine. Each industry has unique business drivers, yet share common requirements for operational productivity, safety, energy efficiency, minimal project risk and environment compliance. The division's core competence is the application of automation and electrification technologies to solve these generic requirements, but tailored to the characteristics of each of its core industries. The division is organized around industry and product businesses along with a specialized business focusing on performance-based outsourced maintenance contracts. The division had approximately 25,900 employees as of December 31, 2013, and generated revenues of $8.5 billion in 2013.

        The Process Automation division offering is made available as separately sold products or as part of a total automation system. The division's technologies are sold both through direct sales forces and third-party channels.

Products and Services

        The Process Automation division offers standalone products, engineered systems and services for process control and measurement, safety, plant electrification, information management, assets management and industry-specific applications for a variety of industries, primarily pulp and paper, metals, minerals and mining, chemical, oil and gas, marine, pharmaceuticals and the power industry. Some of the Discrete Automation and Motion, Power Products and Low Voltage Products divisions' products are integrated into the process control and electrification systems offered by the Process Automation division.

        Our automation systems are used in applications such as continuous and batch control, asset optimization, energy management and safety. They are the hubs that link instrumentation, measurement devices and systems for control and supervision of industrial processes and enable customers to integrate their production systems with their enterprise, resource and planning systems, thereby providing a link to their ordering, billing and shipping processes. This link allows customers to manage their entire manufacturing and business process based on real-time access to plant information. Additionally, it allows customers to increase production efficiency, optimize their assets and reduce environmental waste.

        A key element of this division's product offering is its System 800xA process automation platform. This product extends the capability of traditional process control systems, introducing advanced functions such as batch management, asset optimization and field device integration which "plug in" to

20

---

Table of Contents

a common user environment. The same user interface may also be used to manage components of existing multiple ABB control systems that have been installed in the market over approximately the past 25 years. In this way, System 800xA gives customers a way to migrate to new functions one step at a time, rather than having to make a large-scale capital investment to replace their entire control system. By creating a common user interface that can be used to manage multiple systems, the System 800xA also reduces the research and development investment needed to achieve a "one size fits all" solution across our large installed systems base. The division also offers a full line of instrumentation and analytical products to actuate, measure, record and control industrial and power processes.

        The division's product offerings for the pulp and paper industries include quality control systems for pulp and paper mills, control systems, drive systems, on-line sensors, actuators and field instruments. On-line sensors measure product properties, such as weight, thickness, color, brightness, moisture content and additive content. Actuators allow the customer to make automatic adjustments during the production process to improve the quality and consistency of the product. Field instruments measure properties of the process, such as flow rate, chemical content and temperature.

        We offer our customers in the metals, cement and mining industries specialized products and services, as well as total production systems. We design, plan, engineer, supply, erect and commission electric equipment, drives, motors and equipment for automation and supervisory control within a variety of areas including mining, mineral handling, aluminum smelting, hot and cold steel applications and cement production.

        In the oil and gas sector, we provide solutions for onshore and offshore production and exploration, refining, and petrochemical processes, and oil and gas transportation and distribution. In the pharmaceuticals and fine chemicals areas, we offer applications to support manufacturing, packaging, quality control and compliance with regulatory agencies.

        In the marine industry, we provide global shipbuilders with power and automation technologies for luxury cruise liners, ferries, tankers, offshore oil rigs and special purpose vessels. We design, engineer, build, supply and commission electrical and automation systems for marine power generation, power distribution and diesel electric propulsion, as well as turbochargers to improve efficiency for diesel and gasoline engines.

        We also offer a complete range of lifecycle services across all of our customer segments to help customers optimize their assets. Demand for our process automation services is increasing as our customers seek to increase productivity by improving the performance of existing equipment.

Customers

        The Process Automation division's end customers are primarily companies in the oil and gas, minerals and mining, metals, pulp and paper, chemicals and pharmaceuticals, and the marine industries. Customers for this division are looking for complete automation and electrification solutions which demonstrate value mainly in the areas of lower capital costs, increased plant availability, lower lifecycle costs and reduced project costs.

Sales and Marketing

        The Process Automation division uses a direct sales force as well as third-party channel partners, such as distributors, system integrators and OEMs. For the division as a whole, the majority of revenues are derived through the division's own direct sales channels.

21

---

Table of Contents

Competition

        The Process Automation division's principal competitors vary by industry or product line. Competitors include Emerson, Honeywell, Invensys, Metso Automation, Rockwell Automation, Schneider, Siemens, Voith, and Yokogawa Electric Corporation.

Capital Expenditures

        The Process Automation division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $68 million in 2013, compared to $91 million and $72 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Principal investments in 2013 were in factory equipment, and training and service facilities. Geographically, in 2013, Europe represented 65 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by Asia (20 percent), the Americas (12 percent) and MEA (3 percent).

Power Products Division

Overview

        Our Power Products division primarily serves electric, gas and water utilities as well as industrial and commercial customers, with a vast portfolio of products and services across a wide voltage range to facilitate power generation, transmission and distribution. Direct sales account for a significant part of the division's total revenues, and external channel partners, such as wholesalers, distributors and OEMs, account for the rest. Key technologies include high- and medium-voltage switchgear, circuit breakers for a range of current ratings and voltage levels, power, distribution, traction and other special transformers, as well as products to help control and protect electrical networks. The division had approximately 35,600 employees as of December 31, 2013, and generated $11.0 billion of revenues in 2013.

Products and Services

        Our Power Products division manufactures products that can be placed in three broad categories: high-voltage products, medium-voltage products and transformers. The division sells primarily to utilities and also through channels such as distributors, wholesalers, installers and OEMs. Some of the division's products are also integrated into the turnkey offerings of systems divisions such as Power Systems and Process Automation or sold through engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) firms.

        The high-voltage products business supplies high-voltage equipment, ranging from 50 to 1,200 kilovolts, mainly to power transmission utilities and also serves industrial customers. This equipment primarily enables the transmission grid to operate more reliably and efficiently with minimum environmental impact. As part of its portfolio, this business designs and manufactures a range of air-, gas-insulated and hybrid switchgear, generator circuit breakers, capacitors, high-voltage circuit breakers, surge arresters, instrument transformers, cable accessories and a variety of high-voltage components. This is supported by a range of service solutions to support the products throughout their life cycle.

        The medium-voltage business offers products and services that largely serve the power distribution sector, often serving as the link between high-voltage transmission systems and lower voltage users. Medium-voltage products help utility and industrial customers to improve power quality and control, reduce outage time and enhance operational reliability and efficiency. This business reaches customers directly and through channels such as distributors and OEMs. Its comprehensive offering includes medium-voltage equipment (1 to 50 kilovolts), indoor and outdoor circuit breakers, reclosers, fuses, contactors, relays, instrument transformers, sensors, motor control centers, ring main units for primary and secondary distribution, as well as a range of air- and gas-insulated switchgear. It also produces

22

---

Table of Contents

indoor and outdoor modular systems and other solutions to facilitate efficient and reliable power distribution.

        The transformers business of the division designs and manufactures power transformers (72.5 to 1,200 kilovolts) for utility and industrial customers that help to step up or step down voltage levels and include special applications such as high voltage direct current (HVDC) transformers or phase shifters. This business also supplies transformer components and insulation material, such as bushings and tap changers. It also manufactures a wide range of distribution transformers (up to 72.5 kilovolts) for use in the power distribution sector, industrial facilities and commercial buildings. These transformers are designed to step down electrical voltage bringing it to consumption levels. They can be oil- or dry-type and, although oil-type transformers are more commonly used, demand for dry-type transformers is growing because they minimize fire hazards and are well-suited for applications such as office buildings, windmills, offshore drilling platforms, marine vessels and large industrial plants. Another part of the offering includes traction transformers for use in electric locomotives, special application transformers, as well as a wide range of service and retrofit solutions for utilities and industry customers.

Customers

        The Power Products division serves electric utilities, owners and operators of power generating plants and power transmission and distribution networks. It also serves industries across the spectrum. Customers include electric, gas, water and other utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers.

Sales and Marketing

        The Power Products division sells its products individually and as part of wider solutions through our systems divisions. Direct sales account for a significant part of the division's business and the rest are sold through external channel partners, such as wholesalers, distributors, system integrators, EPCs and OEMs. As the Power Products and Power Systems divisions share many of the same customers and technologies and are influenced by similar market drivers, they also have a common front-end sales organization to maximize market synergies and coverage across countries, regions, and sectors for the entire power portfolio.

Competition

        On a global basis, the main competitors for the Power Products division are Siemens, Alstom and Schneider Electric. The division also faces global competition in some product categories from competitors in emerging markets. It also competes in specific geographies with companies such as Eaton Corporation, Hyundai, Hyosung, Crompton Greaves, Larsen & Toubro and Bharat Heavy Electricals.

Capital Expenditure

        The Power Products division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $252 million in 2013, compared to $259 million and $192 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Principal investments in 2013 related to upgrades and expansion of existing facilities in Sweden, China, United States, Germany, and India as well as new factories in China, India, Bulgaria and Poland. Geographically, in 2013, Europe represented 54 percent of the division's capital expenditures, followed by Asia (23 percent), the Americas (20 percent), and MEA (3 percent).

23

---

Table of Contents

Power Systems Division

Overview

        Our Power Systems division serves utilities, as well as industrial and commercial customers with system solutions and services for the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity. Turnkey solutions include power plant electrification and automation, bulk power transmission, substations and network management. The division had approximately 20,300 employees as of December 31, 2013, and generated $8.4 billion of revenues in 2013.

Products and Services

        Our Power Systems division delivers solutions through four businesses: Power Generation, Grid Systems, Substations and Network Management. The scope of work in a typical turnkey contract includes design, system engineering, supply, installation, commissioning and testing of the system. As part of the business model, the Power Systems division integrates products from both the Power Products division and external suppliers, adding value through design, engineering and project management to deliver turnkey solutions.

        Our Power Generation business is a leading provider of integrated power and automation solutions for all types of power generation plants, including coal, gas, combined-cycle, nuclear, waste-to-energy and a range of renewables including hydro, solar, wind and biomass. With an extensive offering that includes electrical balance of plant and instrumentation and control systems, ABB technologies help optimize performance, improve reliability, enhance efficiency and minimize environmental impact throughout the plant life cycle. The business also serves the water industry, including applications such as pumping stations and desalination plants.

        As part of the Grid Systems business, ABB provides a comprehensive offering of AC and DC transmission systems, which help customers to reduce transmission losses, maximize efficiency and improve grid reliability. ABB pioneered HVDC technology nearly 60 years ago. HVDC technology is designed to reliably and efficiently transmit electrical power over long distances via overhead lines and underground or submarine cables with minimum losses. HVDC is also widely used for grid interconnections. HVDC Light®, a more compact form of ABB's classic HVDC technology, is ideal for linking offshore installations, such as wind farms or oil and gas platforms, to mainland grids and for interconnections, often via subsea links. It is used to transmit electricity. The environmental benefits of HVDC Light®, include neutral electromagnetic fields, oil-free cables and compact converter stations.

        ABB also offers a comprehensive range of land and submarine cables through its Grid Systems business, as well as accessories and services for a range of applications from medium- to high-voltage AC and DC systems. The portfolio includes high-performance XLPE (cross-linked polyethylene) insulated cables for high efficiency transmission systems at voltages up to 320 kilovolts. When it comes to transmission grid solutions, ABB manufactures its own power semiconductors, which is a key enabler for HVDC, flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and other technologies, serving a range of sectors including transportation and wind.

        Substations are key installations in the power grid that facilitate the efficient transmission and distribution of electricity with minimal environmental impact. They perform the vital function of monitoring and controlling power flows, feeding power from generating stations into the grid and providing the link between transmission and distribution networks as well as end consumers. ABB has successfully delivered air- and gas-insulated substations in all kinds of environments, from deserts and mountains to offshore rigs and crowded city centers. ABB's substation automation offering is compliant with IEC 61850, the open communication standard, which provides a common framework for substation control and protection and facilitates interoperability across devices and systems. ABB's substation offering covers a range of voltage levels up to 1,100 kilovolts, serving utility, industry and commercial customers as well as sectors such as railways, urban transportation and renewables.

24

---

Table of Contents

        FACTS technologies are also part of the Substations business offering. FACTS solutions help improve power quality and can significantly increase the capacity of existing AC transmission systems—by as much as 50 percent—while maintaining and improving system reliability. FACTS technologies also boost transmission efficiency, relieve bottlenecks and can be used for the safe integration of intermittent power sources, such as wind and solar, into the grid. By enhancing the capacity of existing transmission infrastructure, FACTS solutions can alleviate the need for capital investment, reducing the time, cost and environmental impact associated with the construction of new generating facilities and transmission lines. By improving efficiency, FACTS technologies help to deliver more power to consumers, reducing the need for more electricity generation, and improving power supply and quality. ABB is a global leader in the growing field of FACTS, and has delivered more than 800 such installations across the world.

        ABB's Network Management business offers solutions to help manage power networks. The offering covers network management and utility communications solutions to monitor, control, operate and protect power systems. These solutions are designed to ensure the reliability of electricity supplies and enable real-time management of power plants, transmission grids, distribution networks and energy trading markets. The portfolio includes control and protection systems for power generation, transmission and distribution, supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems, as well as software solutions for central electricity markets and mixed utilities (electricity, district heating, gas and water). The portfolio also covers wireless and fixed communication systems for power, water and gas utilities. It includes fiber optics, microwave radio and power line applications for data networking and broadband network management, as well as teleprotection and substation communication networks and voice switching management systems.

        Network management systems are key smart-grid enablers by providing automated power systems to incorporate and manage centralized and distributed power generation, intermittent sources of renewable energy, real-time pricing and load-management data. The Ventyx and Mincom acquisitions have made ABB a global leader in enterprise software and services for essential industries such as energy, mining, public infrastructure and transportation. These solutions bridge the gap between information technologies (IT) and operational technologies (OT), enabling clients to make faster, better-informed decisions in both daily operations and long-term planning strategies. Some of the world's largest private and public enterprises rely on Ventyx solutions to minimize risk, enhance operational and financial performance, and execute the right strategies for the future.

        In addition, the Power Systems division offers a range of services aimed at optimizing operations and reducing maintenance requirements of customers, across the value chain. These services range from support agreements and retrofits to spare parts, service and training. The division also undertakes consulting activities such as energy efficiency studies for power plants and grids, analyses and design of new transmission and distribution systems as well as asset optimization based on technical, economic and environmental considerations.

Customers

        The Power Systems division's principal customers include power generation utilities and companies, transmission and distribution utilities, owners and operators as well as industrial and commercial customers. Other customers include gas and water utilities including multi-utilities, which are involved in the transmission or distribution of more than one commodity.

Sales and Marketing

        The Power Systems division promotes its offering primarily through a direct sales force of specialized sales engineering teams. Some sales are also handled through third-party channels, such as EPC firms, OEMs and system integrators. As the Power Products and Power Systems divisions share

25

---

Table of Contents

many of the same customers and technologies and are influenced by similar market drivers, they also have a common front-end sales organization that helps maximize market synergies across countries and regions.

Competition

        On a global basis, the Power Systems division faces competition mainly from Siemens and Alstom. Emerson, General Electric, Prysmian and Nexans are additional competitors in parts of the business. The division also sees emerging competitors in specific regions.

Capital Expenditure

        The Power Systems division's capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled $101 million in 2013, compared to $194 million and $136 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Principal investments in 2013 were related to capacity expansion as well as the replacement of existing equipment, particularly in Sweden and in Switzerland. Geographically, in 2013, Europe represented 77 percent of the capital expenditures, followed by the Americas (14 percent), Asia (7 percent) and MEA (2 percent).

Corporate and Other

        Corporate and Other includes headquarters, central research and development, our real estate activities, Group treasury operations and other minor business activities.

        Corporate headquarters and stewardship activities include the operations of our corporate headquarters in Zurich, Switzerland, as well as corresponding subsidiary operations in various countries. These activities cover staff functions with group-wide responsibilities, such as accounting and financial reporting, corporate finance and taxes, planning and controlling, internal audit, legal affairs and compliance, risk management and insurance, corporate communications, information systems, investor relations and human resources.

        Corporate research and development primarily covers our research activities, as our development activities are organized under the five business divisions. We have two global research laboratories, one focused on power technologies and the other focused on automation technologies, which both work on technologies relevant to the future of our five business divisions. Each laboratory works on new and emerging technologies and collaborates with universities and other external partners to support our divisions in advancing relevant technologies and in developing cross-divisional technology platforms. We have corporate research operations in eight countries (United States, Sweden, Switzerland, Poland, China, Germany, Norway and India).

        Corporate and Other had approximately 4,000 employees at December 31, 2013.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

        Total capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (excluding intangibles acquired through business combinations) amounted to $1,106 million, $1,293 million and $1,021 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In 2013 capital expenditures were 16 percent lower than depreciation and amortization, while in 2012 and 2011, capital expenditures exceeded total depreciation and amortization expenses for the respective year. This change is due partly to a reduction in capital expenditures but also to an increase in amortization expense from intangible assets acquired in business combinations.

        Capital expenditures in 2013 remained at a significant level in mature markets, reflecting the geographic distribution of our existing production facilities. Capital expenditures in Europe and North America in 2013 were driven primarily by upgrades and maintenance of existing production facilities,

26

---

Table of Contents

mainly in the United States, Sweden, Switzerland and Germany, as well as new facilities in Sweden and the United States. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were reduced in 2013 compared to 2012, with expenditures, mainly for new facilities, being highest in China, Poland, Brazil and Bulgaria. Capital expenditures in emerging markets were made to increase production capacity by investment in new or expanded facilities. The share of emerging markets capital expenditures as a percentage of total capital expenditures in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 33 percent, 31 percent and 34 percent, respectively.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, construction in progress for property, plant and equipment was $645 million and $627 million, respectively, mainly in Sweden, the United States, Switzerland, Germany and Brazil, while at December 31, 2011, it was $548 million, mainly in Sweden, Switzerland, the United States, Brazil and China.

        Our capital expenditures relate primarily to property, plant and equipment. For 2014, we plan to increase our capital expenditures and estimate the expenditures for property, plant and equipment will be higher than our annual depreciation charge. We anticipate investments will be higher in the Americas and Asia but will decrease in Europe.

SUPPLIES AND RAW MATERIALS

        We purchase a variety of raw materials and products which contain raw materials for use in our production and project execution processes. The primary materials used in our products, by weight, are copper, aluminum, carbon steel, mineral oil and various plastics. We also purchase a wide variety of fabricated products and electronic components. We operate a worldwide supply chain management network with employees dedicated to this function in our businesses and key countries. Our supply chain management network consists of a number of teams, each focusing on different product categories. These category teams, on global, divisional and/or regional level, take advantage of opportunities to leverage the scale of ABB and to optimize the efficiency of our supply networks, in a sustainable manner.

        Our supply chain management organization's activities have continued to expand in recent years, to:

•

pool and leverage procurement of materials and services,



•

provide transparency of ABB's global spending through a comprehensive performance and reporting system linked to all of our enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems,



•

strengthen ABB's supply chain network by implementing an effective product category management structure and extensive competency-based training, and



•

monitor and develop our supply base to ensure sustainability, both in terms of materials and processes used.

        We buy many categories of products which contain steel, copper, aluminum, crude oil and other commodities. Continuing global economic growth in many emerging economies, coupled with the volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, has led to significant fluctuations in these raw material costs over the last few years. While we expect global commodity prices to remain highly volatile, some market volatility will be offset through the use of long-term contracts and global sourcing.

        We seek to mitigate the majority of our exposure to commodity price risk by entering into hedges. For example, we manage copper and aluminum price risk using principally swap contracts based on prices for these commodities quoted on leading exchanges. ABB's hedging policy is designed to safeguard margins by minimizing price volatility and providing a stable cost base during order execution. In addition to using hedging to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in raw materials prices, in some cases we can reduce this risk by incorporating changes in raw materials prices into the prices of our products (through price escalation clauses).

27

---

Table of Contents

        Overall, during 2013 supply chain management personnel in our businesses, and in the countries in which we operate, along with the global category teams, continued to focus on value chain optimization efforts in all areas, while maintaining and improving quality and delivery performance.

        In August 2012, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued its final rules regarding "Conflict Minerals", as required by section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. We have initiated processes, including working with our suppliers, to enable us to comply with these rules, and to assist our customers regarding their disclosure obligations, as required by these "Conflict Minerals" rules. Further information on ABB's Conflict Minerals policy and supplier requirements can be found under "Material Compliance" at www.abb.com/about/supplying

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

        As a technology-driven company, we believe that intellectual property rights are crucial to protect the assets of our business. Over the past ten years, we have substantially increased the number of first patent filings, and we intend to continue our aggressive approach to seeking patent protection. Currently, we have more than 24,000 patent applications and registrations, of which about 8,000 are pending. In addition to these patents, we have about 3,000 utility model and design applications and registrations, of which approximately 500 are pending. In 2013, we filed about 1,000 patent, utility model and design applications for approximately 1,500 new inventions. Based on our existing intellectual property strategy, we believe that we have adequate control over our core technologies. The "ABB" trademarks and logo are protected in all of the countries in which we operate. We aggressively defend our intellectual property rights to safeguard the reputation associated with the ABB technology and brand. While these intellectual property rights are fundamental to all of our businesses, there is no dependency of the business on any single patent, utility model or design application.

SUSTAINABILITY ACTIVITIES

        Sustainability management is one of our highest business priorities. We seek to address sustainability issues in all our business operations in order to improve our social, safety and environmental performance continuously, and to enhance the quality of life in the communities and countries where we operate.

        Our social and environmental efforts include:

•

regularly implementing sustainability objectives covering all relevant parts of our operations,



•

joining initiatives that foster economic, environmental, social and educational development, and strengthen observance of human rights in business practice,



•

making positive contributions in the communities where we operate so they welcome us and consider ABB a good neighbor, an attractive employer and a good investment,



•

offering our customers eco-efficient products that save energy and are safe to use, that optimize the use of natural resources, minimize waste and reduce environmental impact over their complete life cycles,



•

applying non-financial risk assessment to key business decision-making processes, and to projects,



•

sharing our latest technologies with emerging markets by, for example, helping customers in developing countries implement environmentally sound processes and technologies and providing environmental awareness and safety training to our business partners,



•

ensuring that our operations and processes comply with applicable environmental and health and safety standards and social legislation. Specifically, every operating unit must implement an

28

---

Table of Contents

environmental management system that seeks to continuously improve its environmental performance and a health and safety management system that similarly seeks to continuously improve health and safety performance,

•

ensuring that our social, health and safety and environmental policies are communicated and implemented,



•

working towards achieving best practices in occupational health and safety, and ensuring the health and safety of our employees, contractors and others involved in or affected by our activities,



•

ensuring that suppliers have sustainability policies and systems that are comparable with our own, and



•

continuing our program to decontaminate sites that were polluted by historical manufacturing processes.

        To manage environmental aspects of our own operations, we have implemented environmental management systems according to the ISO 14001 standard at our manufacturing and service sites. For non-manufacturing sites we have implemented an adapted environmental management system in order to ensure management of environmental aspects and continual improvement of performance. Almost all of these sites currently work in compliance with the requirements of the standard (more than 550 sites and offices).

        We have Environmental Product Declarations to communicate the environmental performance of our core products. These describe the significant environmental aspects and impacts of a product line, viewed over its complete life cycle. Declarations are based on Life Cycle Assessment studies, created according to the international standard ISO/TR 14025. Approximately 80 declarations for major product lines are published on our Web site (www.abb.com), some of which have been externally certified by agencies such as DNV (Det Norske Veritas) of Norway and the RINA Management System Certification Society in Italy.

        In 2013, a total of 88 percent of our employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB's formal environmental reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The operations of companies acquired during 2013 are not yet covered by our environmental reporting. We expect that this reporting will be implemented in 2014. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our environmental reporting system, mainly sales, have very limited environmental exposure. A total of 20 environmental incidents were reported in 2013, none of which had a material environmental impact.

        In 2013, a total of 94 percent of employees were covered by confirmed data gathered through ABB's formal social reporting system that is verified by an independent verification body. The operations of companies acquired during 2013 are not yet covered by our social reporting. We expect that this reporting will be implemented in 2014. The remaining parts of our business that are not yet covered by our social reporting system, mainly sales offices in countries where we do not perform manufacturing, have very limited social exposure.

REGULATION

        Our operations are subject to numerous governmental laws and regulations including those governing antitrust and competition, corruption, the environment, securities transactions and disclosures, import and export of products, currency conversions and repatriation, taxation of foreign earnings and earnings of expatriate personnel and use of local employees and suppliers.

        As a reporting company under Section 12 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we are subject to the FCPA's anti-bribery provisions with respect to our conduct around the world.

29

---

Table of Contents

        Our operations are also subject to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. The convention obliges signatories to adopt national legislation that makes it a crime to bribe foreign public officials. Those countries which have adopted implementing legislation and have ratified the convention include the United States and several European nations in which we have significant operations.

        We conduct business in certain countries known to experience governmental corruption. While we are committed to conducting business in a legal and ethical manner, our employees or agents have taken, and in the future may take, actions that violate the U.S. FCPA, legislation promulgated pursuant to the 1997 OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, antitrust laws or other laws or regulations. These actions have resulted and could result in monetary or other penalties against us and could damage our reputation and, therefore, our ability to do business. For more information, see "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings."

        The U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 requires U.S. listed companies to disclose information relating to certain transactions with Iran. In December 2012, ABB completed or exited all of its then remaining business in Iran. This concluded a process which started with ABB's decision in November 2007 to wind down its business in that country.

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

        See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Group structure and shareholders—Group structure" for a list of ABB's significant subsidiaries.

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

        As of December 31, 2013, we occupy real estate in around 100 countries throughout the world. The facilities consist mainly of manufacturing plants, office buildings, research centers and warehouses. A substantial portion of our production and development facilities are situated in the United States, China, Sweden, Italy, Germany, Finland, Switzerland, India, Canada, and Poland. We also own or lease other properties, including office buildings, warehouses, research and development facilities and sales offices in many countries. We own substantially all of the machinery and equipment used in our manufacturing operations.

        From time to time, we have a surplus of space arising from acquisitions, production efficiencies and/or restructuring of operations. Normally, we seek to sell such surplus space which may involve leasing property to third parties for an interim period.

        The net book value of our property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2013, was $6,254 million, of which machinery and equipment represented $2,868 million, land and buildings represented $2,741 million and construction in progress represented $645 million. We believe that our current facilities are in good condition and are adequate to meet the requirements of our present and foreseeable future operations.

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        Not applicable

Item 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW

        During 2013, we continued to deliver power and automation solutions that help our customers meet the challenges of a rapidly-changing world. Foremost among these are climate change and the

30

---

Table of Contents

need to use electrical energy more efficiently and with less impact on the environment. We addressed the challenges in several ways, as described below.

        One is a long-term commitment to technology leadership in areas such as high-efficiency power transmission; automation and control systems to manage complex industrial processes using less energy; and technologies to capture the full potential of renewable energies, such as wind and solar power. In 2013, for example, we launched Emax 2, the first low-voltage circuit breaker with integrated energy management functions. Replacing existing traditional breakers with the Emax 2 breaker has the potential to achieve annual electricity savings equivalent to the consumption of 1.4 million European Union households per year, corresponding to a 4-million-ton reduction in CO₂ emissions. We also entered a five-year joint industry program with the Norwegian oil and gas company, Statoil, to develop transmission, distribution and power-conversion systems for subsea oil and gas installations at depths of up to 3,000 meters. Subsea pumping and gas compression contribute to improved utilization of oil and gas resources through greater recovery rates and reduced production costs. We won an order in April 2013 to provide the world's largest-ever mine hoist system, including a new generation of mine hoist braking technology, for a potash project in Canada by Australia-based mining company BHP Billiton. We also delivered the 262-kilometer East West Interconnector to EirGrid, the Irish transmission system operator. The 500-megawatt transmission connection is the highest capacity link of its kind to go into commercial operation. The interconnector enables cross-border power flows, enhances grid reliability, and allows Ireland to export surplus wind-generated electricity to the United Kingdom. In May 2013, we announced the development of a new technology to power the world's first high-capacity flash charging electric bus system in Geneva, Switzerland. The ultrafast-charging system, with no overhead lines, enables new opportunities for next generation silent, flexible, zero-emission urban mass transportation. ABB was also recognized in February 2013 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) Technology Review for the hybrid HVDC breaker developed in 2012, placing it among the ten most important technology milestones of the past year.

        A second way is our development and manufacturing presence in more than 100 countries around the world. This allows us to meet the needs of our customers faster and with solutions that are better suited to their local requirements. It positions us to benefit from the rapid growth expected in the emerging markets in the coming years while also supporting our large and important markets in the world's mature economies. In 2013, we took further actions to adjust our geographic and portfolio balance, such as the acquisition in September 2013 of Turkey-based ELBI Elektrik to improve our position in the Turkish low-voltage products segment and to expand our existing business in Eastern Europe. We also invested $50 million in new high-voltage switchgear and distribution transformer factories in India and established a joint venture in China to design, manufacture and service high-voltage instrument transformers. Furthermore, our geographic scope provides us with access to a large pool of talented and highly qualified people from very diverse cultural and business backgrounds—a key competitive advantage. In 2013, we generated approximately 46 percent of our revenues from emerging markets.

        A third way is our ability to combine both power and automation technologies into packaged solutions that meet the needs of new growth sectors—such as renewable power generation and electrically-powered automobiles—as well as traditional markets, such as marine. For example, in 2013 we expanded our position in the global solar inverter market through the acquisition of U.S.-based Power-One Inc. (Power-One), aimed at creating the global leader in the most attractive and "intelligent" part of the photovoltaic (PV) value chain. We also announced plans to begin production of solar inverters in South Africa to support the rapidly growing local PV market, adding to our existing capacities in Estonia, India and China. In addition, we were selected by Fastned to supply chargers to more than 200 electric vehicle fast-charging stations in the Netherlands, bringing an electric vehicle fast charger—capable of charging electric vehicles in 15-30 minutes—within 50 kilometers of all of the country's 17 million inhabitants. We also launched the world's first nationwide fast-charging

31

---

Table of Contents

network for electric vehicles in Estonia, using 165 web-connected DC fast chargers and in 2014, we announced a strategic collaboration with Shenzhen BYD Daimler New Technology to supply high-power DC chargers in China over the next six years for DENZA. In the marine industry, we delivered to a Norwegian ship owner our first Onboard DC Grid solution, a highly efficient power distribution, automation and electric propulsion system that reduces fuel consumption and emissions by up to 20 percent and the space needed onboard for electrical equipment by up to 30 percent.

        Economic uncertainties continued in 2013 in areas such as sovereign debt levels in Europe and the United States and the pace of economic recovery in various markets. As a result, some of our customers postponed the award of large infrastructure projects, mainly in the utility, mining and metals sectors, which was reflected in lower orders in our power divisions as well as our Process Automation division and, as a result, lower total orders in 2013. However, the broad scope of our business portfolio helped us mitigate some of these developments and we were able to take advantage of areas of growth. For example, our larger exposure to the North American automation market, through the acquisitions of Baldor Electric in 2011 and Thomas & Betts in 2012, allowed us to increase both orders and sales in our Discrete Automation and Motion, and Low Voltage Products divisions. The Process Automation division continued to benefit from investments in the oil and gas sector but experienced some order declines in the mining sector, where our customers have been reducing their capital expenditures in response to low commodity prices and overcapacity. In 2013, we maintained the profitability of our Power Products division despite the continued challenging market environment through successful cost savings and productivity improvements as well as our ability to be more selective in the orders we take, thanks to our broad product and geographic scope. Our Power Systems division experienced weather-related delays in the execution of certain offshore wind projects in December 2013 and some operational issues that affected profitability. Our new management team in the division began to take actions in the fourth quarter to address these issues, largely based on accelerating the repositioning of the division—first announced at the end of 2012—to focus on higher-margin products, systems, services and software activities. Our strong positions in fast-growing emerging markets and selected mature markets, our flexible global production base and technological leadership, as well as the operational improvements we continue to make in our businesses, also supported our business in 2013.

        Foremost among these improvements was the successful reduction of costs to adapt to changing demand. Savings in 2013 amounted to more than $1 billion and were principally achieved by making better use of global sourcing opportunities and eliminating operational and process inefficiencies.

Strategy 2011-2015

        In November 2011, we announced an updated strategy for the period 2011 to 2015, along with financial targets to measure our success in achieving them. The strategy is based on five priorities:

•

Drive competitiveness in our current markets by developing, producing, sourcing and selling to better match market needs, thereby profitably growing the business while increasing productivity and quality.



•

Capitalize on megatrends, such as the growing need for resource and energy efficiency, increasing urbanization, electrification, digitization and growth in emerging economies.



•

Expand our core businesses to secure the next level of growth, for example, growing the service business by tapping opportunities in our installed base and by building the software business for our core power and automation customers.



•

Execute a disciplined approach to value-creating acquisitions that close key gaps across product, end market and geographic lines.

32

---

Table of Contents

•

Find and exploit disruptive opportunities, such as the application of direct current electricity solutions to improve power efficiency and performance compared to conventional alternating current technologies.

        Furthermore, in 2011, we introduced a new target measure of cash return on invested capital (CROI) that we believe provides a more accurate reflection of our operational performance by focusing on cash returns, which are less prone to non-operational accounting adjustments that may be applied to income from operations from time to time. CROI is defined as the total of net cash provided by operating activities and interest paid, as a percentage of capital invested. Capital invested is defined as the total of fixed assets (property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangibles, and investments in equity-accounted companies) before accumulated depreciation and amortization plus net working capital less deferred tax liabilities recognized in certain acquisitions.

        In September 2013, Ulrich Spiesshofer assumed the role of CEO for the ABB Group and affirmed his intention to maintain continuity in the execution of the 2011-15 strategy. At the same time, he highlighted opportunities to improve the performance of the company in the areas of:

•

profitable growth through a combination of improved penetration of existing markets, innovation in technology and ways of going to market, and expansion into attractive markets through both organic growth and by continuing to fill gaps in the business portfolio through bolt-on acquisitions,



•

business-led collaboration across our business segments to create more customer value by delivering our combined automation and power portfolio, and



•

relentless execution to drive sustainable cost savings, cash flow and capital efficiency and to ensure successful integrations of our acquisitions to maximize the return on investment.

        In February 2014, we announced that we are entering a new strategic planning phase and will communicate the outcome and new long-term targets to drive earnings per share and CROI at our Capital Markets Day in September 2014.

Outlook

        The long-term demand outlook for our businesses remains clearly positive. The need for efficient and reliable electricity transmission and distribution will continue to increase, driven by factors such as: accelerating urbanization in emerging markets; actions to address global warming; the rapidly increasing power needs from digitization; and the refurbishment of aging power grids. At the same time, demand for industrial automation solutions will grow as customers strive to improve productivity, efficiency, product quality, and safety. ABB is well positioned to tap these opportunities for long-term profitable growth with its strong market presence, broad geographic and business scope, technology leadership and financial strength.

        In the short term, there are some positive early-cycle macroeconomic signs, such as strengthening growth in the U.S. and the more encouraging growth in many parts of Europe. However, there are also some uncertainties related to the impacts of quantitative easing and the speed and strength of economic development in the emerging markets, especially China.

        In this market environment, ABB's management team aims to systematically drive profitable organic growth through increased market penetration, generating more revenues from our pipeline of new product innovations, and expanding into new attractive market segments. In addition, management intends to accelerate business-led collaboration, such as further developing the service business, driving the successful integration of acquired businesses and increasing ABB's productivity by focusing internal support activities on the needs of customers. A third priority is relentless execution, especially in the areas of cost savings, cash flow generation and returning the Power Systems division to higher and more consistent returns.

33

---

Table of Contents

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

General

        We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and present these in United States dollars unless otherwise stated.

        The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make assumptions and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including, but not limited to, those related to: costs expected to be incurred to complete projects; costs of product guarantees and warranties; provisions for bad debts; recoverability of inventories, investments, fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets; the fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations; income tax related expenses and accruals; provisions for restructuring; gross profit margins on long-term construction-type contracts; pensions and other postretirement benefit assumptions and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions.

        We deem an accounting policy to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact our Consolidated Financial Statements. We also deem an accounting policy to be critical when the application of such policy is essential to our ongoing operations. We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies should be considered when reading our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue recognition

        We generally recognize revenues for the sale of goods when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. With regards to the sale of products, delivery is not considered to have occurred, and therefore no revenues are recognized, until the customer has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually-defined shipping terms. We use various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP). Subsequent to delivery of the products, we generally have no further contractual performance obligations that would preclude revenue recognition.

        Revenues under long-term construction-type contracts are generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. We principally use the cost-to-cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to management's best estimate of total estimated costs, which are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the change in estimate is determined.

        The percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves the use of assumptions and projections, principally relating to future material, labor and project-related overhead costs. As a consequence, there is a risk that total contract costs will exceed those we originally estimated and the margin will decrease or the long-term construction-type contract may become unprofitable. This risk

34

---

Table of Contents

increases if the duration of a contract increases because there is a higher probability that the circumstances upon which we originally developed estimates will change, resulting in increased costs that we may not recover. Factors that could cause costs to increase include:

•

unanticipated technical problems with equipment supplied or developed by us which may require us to incur additional costs to remedy,



•

changes in the cost of components, materials or labor,



•

difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals,



•

project modifications creating unanticipated costs,



•

suppliers' or subcontractors' failure to perform,



•

penalties incurred as a result of not completing portions of the project in accordance with agreed-upon time limits, and



•

delays caused by unexpected conditions or events.

        Changes in our initial assumptions, which we review on a regular basis between balance sheet dates, may result in revisions to estimated costs, current earnings and anticipated earnings. We recognize these changes in the period in which the changes in estimates are determined. By recognizing changes in estimates cumulatively, recorded revenue and costs to date reflect the current estimates of the stage of completion of each project. Additionally, losses on long-term contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.

        Short-term construction-type contracts, or long-term construction-type contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make estimates difficult, are accounted for under the completed-contract method. Revenues under the completed-contract method are recognized upon substantial completion—that is: acceptance by the customer, compliance with performance specifications demonstrated in a factory acceptance test or similar event.

        For non construction-type contracts that contain customer acceptance provisions, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance occurs or we have demonstrated the customer-specified objective criteria have been met or the contractual acceptance period has lapsed.

        Revenues from service transactions are recognized as services are performed. For long-term service contracts, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or, if the performance pattern is other than straight-line, as the services are provided. Service revenues reflect revenues earned from our activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance-type contracts, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, and installation and commissioning of products as a stand-alone service or as part of a service contract.

        Revenues for software license fees are recognized when persuasive evidence of a non-cancelable license agreement exists, delivery has occurred, the license fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products and/or services, the total arrangement fee is allocated using the residual method, under which revenue is allocated to the undelivered elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value of such undelivered elements and the residual amounts of revenue are allocated to the delivered elements. Elements included in multiple element arrangements may consist of software licenses, maintenance (which includes customer support services and unspecified upgrades), hosting, and consulting services. VSOE is based on the price generally charged when an element is sold separately or, in the case of an element not yet sold separately, the price established by authorized management, if it is probable that the price, once established, will not change once the element is sold separately. If VSOE does not exist

35

---

Table of Contents

for an undelivered element, the total arrangement fee will be recognized as revenue over the life of the contract or upon delivery of the undelivered element.

        We offer multiple element arrangements to meet our customers' needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation and training) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Deliverables of such multiple element arrangements are evaluated to determine the unit of accounting and if certain criteria are met, we allocate revenues to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. A hierarchy of selling prices is used to determine the selling price of each specific deliverable that includes VSOE (if available), third-party evidence (if VSOE is not available), or estimated selling price if neither of the first two is available. The estimated selling price reflects our best estimate of what the selling prices of elements would be if the elements were sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is allocated between the elements of an arrangement consideration at the inception of the arrangement. Such arrangements generally include industry-specific performance and termination provisions, such as in the event of substantial delays or non-delivery.

        Revenues are reported net of customer rebates and similar incentives. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue-producing transactions between us and our customers, such as sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.

        These revenue recognition methods require the collectability of the revenues recognized to be reasonably assured. When recording the respective accounts receivable, allowances are calculated to estimate those receivables that will not be collected. These reserves assume a level of default based on historical information, as well as knowledge about specific invoices and customers. The risk remains that actual defaults will vary in number and amount from those originally estimated. As such, the amount of revenues recognized might exceed or fall below the amount which will be collected, resulting in a change in earnings in the future. The risk of deterioration is likely to increase during periods of significant negative industry, economic or political trends.

        As a result of the above policies, judgment in the selection and application of revenue recognition methods must be made.

Contingencies

        As more fully described in "Item 8. Financial Information—Legal Proceedings" and in "Note 15 Commitments and contingencies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters. We are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.

        We record provisions for our contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using our best estimate of the amount of loss or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, we may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, we record such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.

        We provide for anticipated costs for warranties when we recognize revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design,

36

---

Table of Contents

material and workmanship in our products. We generally make individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order-specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities. There is a risk that actual warranty costs may exceed the amounts provided for, which would result in a deterioration of earnings in the future when these actual costs are determined.

        We may have legal obligations to perform environmental clean-up activities related to land and buildings as a result of the normal operations of our business. In some cases, the timing or the method of settlement, or both are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within our control, but the underlying obligation itself is unconditional and certain. We recognize a provision for these obligations when it is probable that a liability for the clean-up activity has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of its fair value can be made. The provision is initially recognized at fair value, and subsequently adjusted for accrued interest and changes in estimates. In some cases, we may be able to recover a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle these matters. An asset is recorded when it is probable that we will collect such amounts. Provisions for environmental obligations are not discounted to their present value when the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Pension and other postretirement benefits

        As more fully described in "Note 17 Employee benefits" to our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans and recognize an asset for a plan's overfunded status or a liability for a plan's underfunded status in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We measure such a plan's assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year.

        Significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in assumptions may materially affect the pension obligations. The effects of actual results differing from assumptions and the changing of assumptions are included in net actuarial loss within "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        We recognize actuarial gains and losses gradually over time. Any cumulative unrecognized actuarial gain or loss that exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the present value of the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and the fair value of plan assets is recognized in earnings over the expected average remaining working lives of the employees participating in the plan. Otherwise, the actuarial gain or loss is not recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements.

        We use actuarial valuations to determine our pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates, mortality rates and expected return on plan assets. Under U.S. GAAP, we are required to consider current market conditions in making these assumptions. In particular, the discount rates are reviewed annually based on changes in long-term, highly-rated corporate bond yields. Decreases in the discount rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in the discount rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs. The mortality assumptions are reviewed annually by management. Decreases in mortality rates result in an increase in the PBO and in pension costs. Conversely, an increase in mortality rates results in a decrease in the PBO and in pension costs.

        Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25 percentage-point decrease in the discount rate would have increased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $413 million, while a 0.25 percentage-point increase in the discount rate would have decreased the PBO related to our defined benefit pension plans by $372 million.

        The expected return on plan assets is reviewed regularly and considered for adjustment annually based on current and expected asset allocations and represents the long-term return expected to be achieved. Decreases in the expected return on plan assets result in an increase to pension costs. An

37

---

Table of Contents

increase or decrease of 0.25 percentage-points in the expected long-term rate of asset return would have decreased or increased, respectively, the net periodic benefit cost in 2013 by $25 million.

        The funded status, which can increase or decrease based on the performance of the financial markets or changes in our assumptions, does not represent a mandatory short-term cash obligation. Instead, the funded status of a defined benefit pension plan is the difference between the PBO and the fair value of the plan assets. At December 31, 2013, our defined benefit pension plans were $1,133 million underfunded compared to an underfunding of $1,781 million at December 31, 2012. Our other postretirement plans were underfunded by $236 million and $281 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        We have multiple non-pension postretirement benefit plans. Our health care plans are generally contributory with participants' contributions adjusted annually. For purposes of estimating our health-care costs, we have assumed health-care cost increases to be 8.15 percent per annum for 2014, gradually declining to 5 percent per annum by 2028 and to remain at that level thereafter.

Income taxes

        In preparing our Consolidated Financial Statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled from the weighted-average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland. Income which has been generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter "foreign jurisdictions") and has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. There is no requirement in Switzerland for a parent company of a group to file a tax return of the group determining domestic and foreign pre-tax income and as our consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines our global weighted-average tax rate.

        We account for deferred taxes by using the asset and liability method. Under this method, we determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will be realized. We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance based upon historical losses, projected future taxable income and the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences. To the extent we increase or decrease this allowance in a period, we recognize the change in the allowance within "Provision for taxes" in the Consolidated Income Statements unless the change relates to discontinued operations, in which case the change is recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax". Unforeseen changes in tax rates and tax laws, as well as differences in the projected taxable income as compared to the actual taxable income, may affect these estimates.

        Certain countries levy withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter "withholding taxes") on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. Switzerland has concluded double taxation treaties with many countries in which we operate. These treaties either eliminate or reduce such withholding taxes on dividend distributions. It is our policy to distribute retained earnings of subsidiaries, insofar as such earnings are not permanently reinvested or no other reasons exist that would prevent the subsidiary from distributing them. No deferred tax liability is set up, if retained earnings are considered as permanently reinvested, and used for financing

38

---

Table of Contents

current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries.

        We operate in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. We provide for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of our filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) guidelines and are based on our evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period. Changes in the facts and circumstances could result in a material change to the tax accruals. Although we believe that our tax estimates are reasonable and that appropriate tax reserves have been made, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be different than that which is reflected in our income tax provisions and accruals.

        An estimated loss from a tax contingency must be accrued as a charge to income if it is more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We apply a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The required amount of provisions for contingencies of any type may change in the future due to new developments.

Business combinations

        The amount of goodwill initially recognized in a business combination is based on the excess of the purchase price of the acquired company over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The determination of these fair values requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. For instance, when assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future revenues and expenses associated with an asset are used to determine its fair value, but the actual timing and amount differ materially, the asset could become impaired. In some cases, particularly for large acquisitions, we may engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist in determining the fair values.

        Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows of the acquired business, brand awareness, customer retention, technology obsolescence and discount rates.

        In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated at the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly, based upon facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill provided that we are within the twelve-month measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance's or contingency's estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Income Statements and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position. The fair values assigned to the intangible assets acquired are described in "Note 3 Acquisitions" as well as "Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets", to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

39

---

Table of Contents

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        We review goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. We use either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed. If we elect not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, then we perform the two-step impairment test.

        Our reporting units are the same as our business divisions for Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Power Products and Power Systems. For the Process Automation division, we determined the reporting units to be one level below the division, as the different products produced or services provided by this division do not share sufficiently similar economic characteristics to permit testing of goodwill on a total division level.

        When performing the qualitative assessment, we first determine, for a reporting unit, factors which would affect the fair value of the reporting unit including: (i) macroeconomic conditions related to the business, (ii) industry and market trends, and (iii) the overall future financial performance and future opportunities in the markets in which the business operates. We then consider how these factors would impact the most recent quantitative analysis of the reporting unit's fair value. Key assumptions in determining the value of the reporting unit include the projected level of business operations, the weighted-average cost of capital, the income tax rate and the terminal growth rate.

        If, after performing the qualitative assessment, we conclude that events or circumstances have occurred which would indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, or if we have elected not to perform a qualitative assessment, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed. In the first step, we calculate the fair value of the reporting unit (using an income approach whereby the fair value is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows applying a discount rate that represents our weighted-average cost of capital) and compare it to the reporting unit's carrying value. Where the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. However, if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit is equal to or exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we would perform the second step of the impairment test. In the second step, we would determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill and compare it to the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill were to exceed its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. Any goodwill impairment losses would be recorded as a separate line item in the income statement in continuing operations, unless related to a discontinued operation, in which case the losses would be recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax".

        In 2013, we performed a qualitative assessment for all of our reporting units except for Power Systems where we elected to perform a quantitative test. Based on the qualitative assessments performed in 2013 and 2012 (when the qualitative assessment covered all our reporting units), we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value was below the carrying value for these reporting units, and as a result, concluded that it was not necessary to perform the two-step quantitative impairment test. In 2011, under the previous accounting standard, we performed the first step of the two-step impairment test described above on all reporting units. As the fair values of all reporting units in 2011 exceeded their carrying values, we determined that none of the reporting units was at "risk" of failing the goodwill impairment test. Consequently, the second step of the impairment test was not performed and we concluded goodwill was not impaired in 2011.

40

---

Table of Contents

        The quantitative test for Power Systems was undertaken in response to the low order intake in 2013. The calculated fair value of the Power Systems reporting unit on October 1, 2013, exceeded the reporting unit's carrying value by more than 50 percent and as the carrying value was not zero or negative, we concluded that Power Systems was not "at risk" of failing the goodwill impairment test. Consequently, the second step of the impairment test was not performed.

        The projected future cash flows used in the fair value calculation for Power Systems were based on an approved business plan for the reporting unit which covered a period of four years plus a calculated terminal value. The projected future cash flows required significant estimates and judgments involving variables such as future sales volumes, sales prices, awards of large orders, production and other operating costs, capital expenditures, net working capital requirements and other economic factors. The after-tax weighted-average cost of capital used (9 percent) was based on variables such as the risk-free rate derived from the yield of 10-year U.S. treasury bonds, as well as an ABB-specific risk premium. The terminal value growth rate was assumed to be 1 percent. The mid-term tax rate used in the test was 27 percent. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions we believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain. Consequently, actual future results may differ from those estimates.

        The assumptions used in the fair value calculation were challenged through the use of sensitivity analysis to determine the impact on the fair value of the reporting unit. Our sensitivity analysis for Power Systems in 2013 showed no significant change in fair values if the assumptions changed. A 1 percentage-point increase in the discount rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 11 percent, while a 1 percentage-point decrease in the terminal value growth rate would have reduced the calculated fair value by approximately 7.5 percent.

        Intangible assets are reviewed for recoverability upon the occurrence of certain triggering events (such as a decision to divest a business or projected losses of an entity) or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We record impairment charges in "Other income (expense), net", in our Consolidated Income Statements, unless they relate to a discontinued operation, in which case the charges are recorded in "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax".

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        For a description of accounting changes and recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects, if any, on our Consolidated Financial Statements, see "Note 2 Significant accounting policies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

        Each year, we invest significantly in research and development. Our research and development focuses on developing and commercializing the technologies of our businesses that are of strategic importance to our future growth. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we invested $1,470 million, $1,464 million and $1,371 million, respectively, or approximately 3.5 percent, 3.7 percent and 3.6 percent, respectively, of our annual consolidated revenues on research and development activities. We also had expenditures of $274 million, $282 million and $338 million, respectively, or approximately 0.7 percent, 0.7 percent and 0.9 percent, respectively, of our annual consolidated revenues in 2013, 2012 and 2011, on order-related development activities. These are customer- and project-specific development efforts that we undertake to develop or adapt equipment and systems to the unique needs of our customers in connection with specific orders or projects. Order-related development amounts are initially recorded in inventories as part of the work in process of a contract and then are reflected in cost of sales at the time revenue is recognized in accordance with our accounting policies.

        In addition to continuous product development, and order-related engineering work, we develop platforms for technology applications in our automation and power businesses in our research and

41

---

Table of Contents

development laboratories, which operate on a global basis. Through active management of our investment in research and development, we seek to maintain a balance between short-term and long-term research and development programs and optimize our return on investment.

        Our research and development strategy focuses on three objectives: (i) to monitor and develop emerging technologies and create an innovative, sustainable technology base for ABB, (ii) to develop technology platforms that enable efficient product design for our power and automation customers, and (iii) to create the next generation of power and automation products and systems that we believe will be the engines of profitable growth.

        Universities are incubators of future technology, and a central task of our research and development team is to transform university research into industry-ready technology platforms. We collaborate with a number of universities and research institutions to build research networks and foster new technologies. We believe these collaborations shorten the amount of time required to turn basic ideas into viable products, and they additionally help us recruit and train new personnel. We have built numerous university partnerships in the U.S., Europe and Asia, including long-term, strategic relationships with the Carnegie Mellon University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, ETH Zurich, EPFL Lausanne, Chalmers Gothenburg, KTH Stockholm, Cambridge University and Imperial College London. Our collaborative projects include research on materials, sensors, micro-engineered mechanical systems, robotics, controls, manufacturing, distributed power and communication. Common platforms for power and automation technologies are developed around advanced materials, efficient manufacturing, information technology and data communication, as well as sensor and actuator technology.

        Common applications of basic power and automation technologies can also be found in power electronics, electrical insulation, and control and optimization. Our power technologies, including our insulation technologies, current interruption and limitation devices, power electronics, flow control and power protection processes, apply as much to large, reliable, blackout-free transmission systems as they do to everyday household needs. Our automation technologies, including our control and optimization processes, power electronics, sensors and microelectronics, mechatronics and wireless communication processes, are designed to improve efficiency in plants and factories around the world, including our own.

ACQUISITIONS

        During 2013, 2012 and 2011, ABB paid $897 million, $3,643 million and $3,805 million to purchase 7, 9 and 10 new businesses, respectively. The amounts exclude changes in cost and equity investments.

        There were no significant acquisitions in 2013; the largest being Power-One, acquired in July 2013.

        The principal acquisition in 2012 was Thomas & Betts, which was acquired in May 2012. Thomas & Betts designs, manufactures and markets components used to manage the connection, distribution, transmission and reliability of electrical power in industrial, construction and utility applications. The complementary combination of Thomas & Betts' electrical components and ABB's low-voltage protection, control and measurement products creates a broader low-voltage portfolio (in our Low Voltage Products division) that can be distributed through Thomas & Betts' network of more than 6,000 distributor locations and wholesalers in North America, and through ABB's well-established distribution channels in Europe and Asia.

        The principal acquisition in 2011 was Baldor Electric Company (Baldor), acquired in January 2011. Baldor markets, designs and manufactures industrial electric motors, mechanical power transmission products, drives and generators. The acquisition broadens the product offering of our Discrete Automation and Motion division, closing the gap in our automation portfolio in North America by

42

---

Table of Contents

adding Baldor's NEMA motors product line, as well as adding Baldor's growing mechanical power transmission business.

        For more information on our acquisitions, see "Note 3 Acquisitions" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

EXCHANGE RATES

        We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Due to our global operations, a significant amount of our revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are denominated in other currencies. As a consequence, movements in exchange rates between currencies may affect: (i) our profitability, (ii) the comparability of our results between periods, and (iii) the reported carrying value of our assets and liabilities.

        We translate non-USD denominated results of operations, assets and liabilities to USD in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Balance sheet items are translated to USD using year-end currency exchange rates. Income statement and cash flow items are translated to USD using the relevant monthly average currency exchange rate.

        Increases and decreases in the value of the USD against other currencies will affect the reported results of operations in our Consolidated Income Statements and the value of certain of our assets and liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, even if our results of operations or the value of those assets and liabilities have not changed in their original currency. As foreign exchange rates impact our reported results of operations and the reported value of our assets and liabilities, changes in foreign exchange rates could significantly affect the comparability of our reported results of operations between periods and result in significant changes to the reported value of our assets, liabilities and stockholders' equity.

        While we operate globally and report our financial results in USD, exchange rate movements between the USD and both the euro and the Swiss franc are of particular importance to us due to (i) the location of our significant operations and (ii) our corporate headquarters being in Switzerland.

        The exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

        The average exchange rates between the USD and the EUR and the USD and the CHF for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:

        When we incur expenses that are not denominated in the same currency as the related revenues, foreign exchange rate fluctuations could affect our profitability. To mitigate the impact of exchange rate movements on our profitability, it is our policy to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange transaction risk of our operations.

        In 2013, approximately 81 percent of our consolidated revenues were reported in currencies other than USD. The following percentages of consolidated revenues were reported in the following currencies:

•

Euro, approximately 19 percent,

43

---

Table of Contents

•

Chinese renminbi, approximately 10 percent,



•

Swedish krona, approximately 6 percent, and



•

Canadian dollar, approximately 5 percent.

        In 2013, approximately 79 percent of our cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in currencies other than USD. The following percentages of consolidated cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses were reported in the following currencies:

•

Euro, approximately 18 percent,



•

Chinese renminbi, approximately 9 percent,



•

Swedish krona, approximately 5 percent, and



•

Canadian dollar, approximately 5 percent.

        We also incur expenses other than cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in various currencies.

        The results of operations and financial position of many of our subsidiaries outside of the United States are reported in the currencies of the countries in which those subsidiaries are located. We refer to these currencies as "local currencies." Local currency financial information is then translated into USD at applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The discussion of our results of operations below provides certain information with respect to orders, revenues, income from operations and other measures as reported in USD (as well as in local currencies). We measure period-to-period variations in local currency results by using a constant foreign exchange rate for all periods under comparison. Differences in our results of operations in local currencies as compared to our results of operations in USD are caused exclusively by changes in currency exchange rates.

        While we consider our results of operations as measured in local currencies to be a significant indicator of business performance, local currency information should not be relied upon to the exclusion of U.S. GAAP financial measures. Instead, local currencies reflect an additional measure of comparability and provide a means of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed together with the U.S. GAAP results, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting the business. As local currency information is not standardized, it may not be possible to compare our local currency information to other companies' financial measures that have the same or a similar title. We encourage investors to review our financial statements and publicly-filed reports in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.

ORDERS

        Our policy is to book and report an order when a binding contractual agreement has been concluded with a customer covering, at a minimum, the price and scope of products or services to be supplied, the delivery schedule and the payment terms. The reported value of an order corresponds to the undiscounted value of revenues that we expect to recognize following delivery of the goods or services subject to the order, less any trade discounts and excluding any value added or sales tax. The value of orders received during a given period of time represents the sum of the value of all orders received during the period, adjusted to reflect the aggregate value of any changes to the value of orders received during the period and orders existing at the beginning of the period. These adjustments, which may in the aggregate increase or decrease the orders reported during the period, may include changes in the estimated order price up to the date of contractual performance, changes in the scope of products or services ordered and cancellations of orders.

44

---

Table of Contents

        The undiscounted value of revenues we expect to generate from our orders at any point in time is represented by our order backlog. Approximately 11 percent of the value of total orders we recorded in 2013 were "large orders," which we define as orders from third parties involving a value of at least $15 million for products or services. Approximately 43 percent of the total value of large orders in 2013 were recorded by our Power Systems division and approximately 29 percent in our Process Automation division. The Power Products division and the Discrete Automation and Motion division accounted for the remainder of the total large orders recorded during 2013. The remaining portion of total orders recorded in 2013 was "base orders," which we define as orders from third parties with a value of less than $15 million for products or services.

        The level of orders fluctuates from year to year. Portions of our business involve orders for long-term projects that can take months or years to complete and many large orders result in revenues in periods after the order is booked. Consequently, the level of large orders and orders generally cannot be used to accurately predict future revenues or operating performance. Orders that have been placed can be cancelled, delayed or modified by the customer. These actions can reduce or delay any future revenues from the order or may result in the elimination of the order.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES

        We evaluate the performance of our divisions primarily based on orders received, revenues and Operational EBITDA.

        Operational EBITDA represents income from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, and acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items, as well as foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (ii) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (iii) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).

        See "Note 23 Operating segment and geographic data" to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation of the total consolidated Operational EBITDA to income from continuing operations before taxes.

45

---

Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        Our consolidated results from operations were as follows:

        A more detailed discussion of the orders, revenues, Operational EBITDA and income from operations for our divisions follows in the sections of "Divisional analysis" below entitled "Discrete Automation and Motion," "Low Voltage Products," "Process Automation," "Power Products," "Power Systems" and "Corporate and Other." Orders and revenues of our divisions include interdivisional transactions which are eliminated in the "Corporate and Other" line in the tables below.

46

---

Table of Contents

Orders

        In 2013, total order volume declined 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies) as lower large orders were not offset by base order growth. Orders were supported by our automation divisions where customer investments to improve operational efficiency and the demand for services increased during the year. The key demand drivers for the power divisions, such as capacity expansion in emerging markets, upgrading of aging infrastructure in mature markets and the integration of renewable energy supplies into power grids, remain intact. Despite strong project tendering activity, some customers have delayed order awards due to macroeconomic uncertainties and this has resulted in order declines in the power divisions compared to 2012.

        Supported by growth in the second half of the year, orders in the Discrete Automation and Motion division grew 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) in 2013, as higher orders in the Robotics business and the positive impact of acquiring Power-One more than compensated the decreases in the Motors and Generators business. Orders increased 15 percent (14 percent in local currencies) in the Low Voltage Products division, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013 (compared to approximately seven months in 2012). In addition, orders in all businesses in this division grew except the Low Voltage Systems business. Orders in the Process Automation division decreased 8 percent (8 percent in local currencies) as stable orders in the product businesses were more than offset by the impact of lower large orders. Orders decreased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Power Products division, mainly driven by lower transformer orders. Significantly lower large orders led to a decline of 25 percent (25 percent in local currencies) in orders in the Power Systems division as customers postponed large investments and as a result of our order selectivity and focus on higher-margin business that is part of the division's strategic repositioning (announced in December 2012).

        During 2013, base orders grew 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) as the economic environment improved in the second half of 2013. As fewer large orders from projects in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions were received, large orders declined 31 percent (31 percent in local currencies).

        In 2012, total order volume remained on the same level as 2011 (increased 4 percent in local currencies and was steady, in local currencies, excluding Thomas & Betts) despite challenging markets.

        In 2012, order growth was 1 percent (4 percent in local currencies) in the Discrete Automation and Motion division, reflecting the generally low growth in industrial production in most markets and weakness in the renewable energy sector in 2012. Orders were 25 percent higher in the Low Voltage Products division (29 percent in local currencies) mainly due to Thomas & Betts (flat in local currencies excluding Thomas & Betts). The Process Automation division's orders reached the prior

47

---

Table of Contents

year's level (increase of 4 percent in local currencies) supported by demand from the oil and gas and the mining sectors. Orders in the Power Products division were flat compared to the previous year (increased 3 percent in local currencies) as the distribution sector remained stable and industrial demand was supported by demand from the oil and gas sector. In the Power Systems division, orders declined 14 percent (10 percent in local currencies) as capital expenditures in power infrastructure continued to be restrained due to ongoing economic uncertainties, especially in certain mature economies. Transmission utilities invested selectively, with emerging markets focusing on capacity addition and mature markets focusing mainly on existing grid upgrades.

        Base orders growth slowed in the first half of 2012 as economic growth remained under pressure, however base orders remained on the same level as 2011, primarily driven by demand for industrial automation and energy-saving equipment. In the second half of 2012, base orders increased moderately due to Thomas & Betts. During 2012, base orders grew 3 percent (6 percent in local currencies or 1 percent, in local currencies, excluding Thomas & Betts). Following the double-digit growth in 2011, large orders in 2012 decreased 11 percent (7 percent in local currencies) as fewer large projects were recorded in the power divisions.

        We determine the geographic distribution of our orders based on the location of the customer, which may be different from the ultimate destination of the products' end use. The geographic distribution of our consolidated orders was as follows:

        Orders in 2013 declined 6 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Americas, driven by lower orders in Brazil and lower large orders in the power sector in the U.S. and Canada. However, orders in the U.S. remained stable as base order growth (due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013) compensated lower large power orders. In Asia, orders remained unchanged (increased 1 percent in local currencies) as growth in the automation divisions was offset by lower orders in the power businesses, primarily in India and Australia. China returned to growth as most divisions received higher orders than in the previous year from that country. Europe declined 1 percent (decrease of 3 percent in local currencies), as a moderate increase in the industrial sectors was offset by lower orders in the power divisions. Order growth in Germany, France and Spain mostly compensated declines in Italy, the United Kingdom, Russia as well as in most Nordic countries. Orders decreased in MEA by 8 percent (7 percent in local currencies) as large orders received in Kuwait and the United Arab Emirates could not offset lower large orders from the power sector in Saudi Arabia and Iraq, as well as from the oil and gas sector in Oman.

        In 2012, orders grew 28 percent (32 percent in local currencies) in the Americas due to Thomas & Betts (which operates primarily in the U.S. and Canada), as well as on organic growth in existing businesses. The U.S. recorded higher orders in every division. Additionally, Canada and Brazil remained significant growth areas in this region. In Asia, orders were down 15 percent (13 percent in local currencies) primarily on lower large orders from the power sector in China and India, as well as from the marine sector in South Korea. Europe declined 11 percent (6 percent in local currencies) despite increases in Finland and the United Kingdom, as a $1 billion offshore wind order in Germany received in 2011 was not repeated in 2012, as well as on lower orders in Sweden, Norway and Italy. Orders grew in MEA by 23 percent (28 percent in local currencies) on large orders from the power

48

---

Table of Contents

sector in Saudi Arabia, solar power orders in South Africa as well as orders from the oil and gas sector in Oman.

Order backlog

        In 2013, consolidated order backlog declined 11 percent (10 percent in local currencies) with decreases in all divisions but primarily decreases in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions. The decrease in the Power Systems division was due mainly to customers postponing investments, resulting in delays in the award of large orders, as well as reduced order intake resulting from the division's increased project selectivity, as part of the division's repositioning announced in December 2012. Order backlog in the Process Automation division decreased primarily due to a reduction in large orders received in the industrial sector. Despite an improvement of the macroeconomic environment in the second half of the year, order backlog in the Low Voltage Products division as well as in the Discrete Automation and Motion division was below the respective levels at the end of 2012.

        In 2012, order backlog increased 7 percent (5 percent in local currencies) compared to 2011. Although global economic conditions remained challenging, order backlog increased in 2012 in the Discrete Automation and Motion division. While the Low Voltage Products division grew, a substantial portion of the increase in the order backlog was due to Thomas & Betts. The order backlog in the Process Automation division grew on orders from the mining as well as the oil and gas sectors. The order backlog in the Power Products division grew in all businesses in 2012 while the Power Systems division also increased its order backlog despite a lower level of large orders.

Revenues

49

---

Table of Contents

        Revenues in 2013 increased 6 percent (7 percent in local currencies) due primarily to execution from prior year's high order backlog and due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013.

        Revenues rose 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) in the Discrete Automation and Motion division as the Robotics business grew for the fourth consecutive year. In the Low Voltage Products division, revenues grew 16 percent (16 percent in local currencies) as most businesses recorded higher revenues, and due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. Revenues in the Process Automation division, were 4 percent (5 percent in local currencies) higher in 2013, supported by the execution of orders from the 2012 order backlog, especially in the marine, mining, and oil and gas sectors. Revenues in the Power Products division increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies), as all businesses reported higher revenues, assisted by strong order execution from the 2012 order backlog. In the Power Systems division, revenues increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies) on execution from the 2012 order backlog, led by the Power Generation and Grid Systems businesses.

        In 2012, revenues increased 4 percent (7 percent in local currencies) based on a solid order level recorded in the previous year, as well as on the impact of Thomas & Betts. Excluding Thomas & Betts, revenues were steady, decreasing 1 percent despite a difficult economic environment (increase of 3 percent in local currencies).

        In 2012, revenues rose 7 percent (10 percent in local currencies) in the Discrete Automation and Motion division, as the Robotics business continued to grow at a double-digit rate. In the Low Voltage Products division, revenues grew 25 percent (29 percent in local currencies); excluding Thomas & Betts, revenues decreased 4 percent (stable in local currencies) following double-digit growth in 2011. Revenues in the Process Automation division were 2 percent lower but increased 2 percent in local currencies supported by demand from oil and gas related sectors, while revenues declined in other businesses such as Turbochargers and Full Service. Revenues in the Power Products division declined 1 percent (increased 2 percent in local currencies) impacted by lower revenues from the Transformers business. In the Power Systems division, revenues were 3 percent lower but increased 2 percent in local currencies, as orders recorded in the previous year were executed and translated into revenues.

        We determine the geographic distribution of our revenues based on the location of the customer, which may be different from the ultimate destination of the products' end use. The geographic distribution of our consolidated revenues was as follows:

        In 2013, revenues in Europe increased 2 percent (flat in local currencies) with higher revenues in all divisions except Power Systems. Revenue increases in Sweden, Norway, United Kingdom, Finland, France and the Netherlands more than offset revenue declines in Germany, Italy, Switzerland and Spain. Revenues from the Americas increased 13 percent (15 percent in local currencies) with higher revenues in all five divisions, and from the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. Revenues increased at a double-digit rate in the U.S., Canada and Brazil, the main markets in this region. Revenues from Asia increased 4 percent (6 percent in local currencies) with stable or higher revenues in all divisions except Power Products. The revenue increase in Asia was due to higher

50

---

Table of Contents

revenues from the Low Voltage Products division, as well as the successful execution, in the Process Automation division, of marine orders for the oil and gas sector in China and South Korea. In India revenues grew moderately. Revenues in MEA grew by 8 percent (11 percent in local currencies) primarily from increases in the Power Products division, while revenues from the oil and gas sector declined. Saudi Arabia, South Africa and Iraq recorded significant revenue increases.

        In 2012, revenues in Europe decreased 4 percent (increased 2 percent in local currencies), despite growth in the Discrete Automation and Motion division, as the other divisions recorded lower revenues. Growth in Germany, Sweden, Norway and the United Kingdom was offset by declines in Italy, France and Spain. Revenues from the Americas increased 18 percent (20 percent in local currencies and 4 percent, in local currencies, excluding Thomas & Betts) on higher industrial demand for the automation divisions. The U.S. grew 25 percent (8 percent excluding Thomas & Betts), while Brazil recorded lower revenues than in the previous year. Revenues from Asia increased 6 percent (8 percent in local currencies) on growth in all divisions. Within this region, revenues in South Korea grew on the execution of large marine orders, while China recorded stable revenues and India recorded lower revenues. Revenues in MEA declined 8 percent (5 percent in local currencies) on lower revenues generated in the power and the oil and gas sectors in the region.

Cost of sales

        Cost of sales consists primarily of labor, raw materials and component costs but also includes indirect production costs, expenses for warranties, contract and project charges, as well as order-related development expenses incurred in connection with projects for which corresponding revenues have been recognized.

        In 2013, cost of sales increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies) to $29,856 million. As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales increased from 71.1 percent in 2012 to 71.3 percent in 2013. Despite margin improvements in the Low Voltage Products division, cost of sales as a percentage of revenues increased due to a negative business mix and margin reductions on the execution of lower margin orders from the backlog in the Power Products division. Furthermore, additional negative impacts from project-related charges in the Power Systems division were recorded. Cost of sales as a percentage of service revenues decreased due to productivity gains and a positive business mix.

        In 2012, cost of sales increased 5 percent (9 percent in local currencies) to $27,958 million. Excluding the impact from Thomas & Betts, cost of sales increased 1 percent (5 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of revenues, cost of sales increased to 71.1 percent from 69.9 percent in 2011. Higher cost of sales as a percentage of revenues is the result of price erosion on the execution of order backlog, an unfavorable business mix arising from a higher proportion of revenues generated from lower margin types of business, margin erosion in certain projects and charges associated with repositioning the Power Systems division. Such cost increases were partly compensated by cost saving initiatives.

51

---

Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses

        The components of selling, general and administrative expenses were as follows:

        In 2013, selling expenses increased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) mainly due to the increase in the number of sales-related employees added in certain key markets.

        In 2012, selling expenses increased 9 percent (14 percent in local currencies); excluding Thomas & Betts, selling expenses increased 4 percent (9 percent in local currencies) compared to 2011. The increase in selling expenses in 2012 was mainly driven by additional sales force employees to develop new markets and implement sales and marketing programs in order to secure market positions in a competitive environment.

        In 2013, general and administrative expenses increased 7 percent (7 percent in local currencies) driven partly by the incremental costs of newly-acquired companies and investment in information technology infrastructure. However, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues, remained unchanged.

        In 2012, general and administrative expenses increased 3 percent (6 percent in local currencies). Excluding Thomas & Betts, general and administrative expenses declined 5 percent (2 percent in local currencies), reflecting tighter cost control throughout the organization. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses remained unchanged.

        In 2013, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 6 percent (6 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 0.6 percentage-points to 15.1 percent, primarily due to the decrease in orders received and increased selling expenses (explained above).

        In 2012, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 7 percent (11 percent in local currencies). Excluding Thomas & Betts, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 1 percent (5 percent in local currencies). As a percentage of the average of orders and revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 0.8 percentage-points to 14.5 percent as orders intake was flat.

Non-order related research and development expenses

        In 2013, non-order related research and development expenses remained flat (declined 1 percent in local currencies).

        In 2012, non-order related research and development expenses increased 7 percent (11 percent in local currencies), mainly due to increased research and development activities, as well as to the incremental costs of newly-acquired companies.

        Non-order related research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 3.5 percent in 2013, after increasing slightly to 3.7 percent in 2012 from 3.6 percent in 2011.

52

---

Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net

        "Other income (expense), net" primarily includes certain restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, gains or losses from the sale of businesses and sale of property, plant and equipment, recognized asset impairments, as well as license income and our share of income or loss from equity-accounted companies. "Other income (expense), net" decreased to an expense of $41 million from $100 million in 2012, mostly due to the impact in 2012 of $87 million of impairments recognized for certain equity-method investments. "Other income (expense), net" increased to an expense of $100 million in 2012 from $23 million in 2011, due primarily to the $87 million of impairments recorded in 2012.

Income from operations

        In 2013 and 2012, changes in income from operations were a result of the factors discussed above and in the divisional analysis below.

Net interest and other finance expense

        Net interest and other finance expense consists of "Interest and dividend income" offset by "Interest and other finance expense".

        "Interest and other finance expense" includes interest expense on our debt, the amortization of upfront costs associated with our credit facility and our debt securities, commitment fees on our credit facility and exchange losses on financial items, offset by gains on marketable securities and exchange gains on financial items.

53

---

Table of Contents

        In 2013, "Interest and dividend income" declined compared to 2012, mainly resulting from lower cash and equivalents, and marketable securities and short-term investments balances during 2013.

        In 2012, "Interest and dividend income" declined compared to 2011, due primarily to the impact of lower market interest rates for certain currencies, mainly the euro.

        In 2013, "Interest and other finance expense" increased compared to 2012, mainly resulting from (i) the increase in interest expense, as bonds issued in 2012 were outstanding for a full year in 2013, and (ii) interest expense in 2012 included a release of provisions for expected interest due on certain income tax obligations, primarily due to the favorable resolution of a tax dispute—see "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In 2012, "Interest and other finance expense" increased compared to 2011, primarily reflecting (i) higher interest expense due to higher debt (resulting from the issuance of bonds in 2012), partially offset by (ii) the impact of a net release of provisions for expected interest due on tax penalties, as described above.

Provision for taxes

        The provision for taxes in 2013 included a net increase in valuation allowance on deferred taxes of $31 million, as we determined it was not more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. This amount included an expense of $104 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe and South America. It also included a benefit of $42 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe.

        The provision for taxes in 2012 included a net increase in valuation allowance on deferred taxes of $44 million, as we determined it was not more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized. This amount included $36 million related to certain of our operations in Central Europe.

        The provision for taxes in 2011 included the net reduction in valuation allowance on deferred taxes of approximately $22 million, as we determined it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets would be realized.

        The provision for taxes in 2013, 2012 and 2011, also included tax credits, arising in foreign jurisdictions, for which the technical merits did not allow a benefit to be taken.

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

        As a result of the factors discussed above, income from continuing operations, net of tax, increased $136 million to $2,944 million in 2013 compared to 2012, and decreased $498 million to $2,808 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

        The loss (net of tax) from discontinued operations for 2013 related primarily to provisions for certain environmental obligations. The income from discontinued operations, net of tax, for 2012 and 2011 was not significant.

54

---

Table of Contents

Net income attributable to ABB

        As a result of the factors discussed above, net income attributable to ABB increased $83 million to $2,787 million in 2013 compared to 2012, and decreased $464 million to $2,704 million in 2012 compared to 2011.

Earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options; outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under our share-based payment arrangements. See "Note 20 Earnings per share" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Divisional analysis

Discrete Automation and Motion

        The financial results of our Discrete Automation and Motion division were as follows:

Orders

        Orders in 2013 were up 2 percent (2 percent in local currencies) as both the growth in orders in our Robotics business and the impact of including Power-One (acquired July 2013) were partly offset by decreases in orders in our Motors and Generators business. Orders were negatively impacted by weak industrial demand in mature markets and reduced growth rates in emerging markets compared to 2012. In the Robotics business, strong demand from the automotive sector generated high levels of orders, while orders in the Motors and Generators business were lower due to weak market demand for industrial motors. In addition, orders increased due to large orders received from rail customers in our Power Conversion business. Orders in the Drives and Controls business were steady compared to 2012.

        In 2012, orders were flat (up 4 percent in local currencies) due to slower industrial growth globally in a more challenging macroeconomic environment. Lower demand from the renewable energy sector was offset by increased volumes from large orders in other sectors. The highest growth was achieved in the Robotics business due to several larger automotive orders. Growth was also recorded in our Motors and Generators business.

55

---

Table of Contents

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

        In 2013, the geographic distribution of our orders remained similar to 2012. Large orders in the Robotics business contributed to the increase in the share of orders from Asia, while fewer large orders were received in the Americas, reducing its share. In addition, the weak demand for motors in the U.S. also reduced the share of orders from the Americas. The share of orders from Europe increased slightly due to several larger traction orders in our Power Conversion business.

        In 2012, the share of orders in the Americas increased due to double-digit growth in South America, as well as single-digit growth in North America. The share of orders in Europe was unchanged compared to 2011, as double-digit growth in the United Kingdom and Finland was offset by a decline in Germany and Spain. The share in Asia declined due to slower industrial growth and the weakening of the renewable energy business. Orders from MEA showed double-digit growth while its share of total orders remained at the same level, compared to 2011, as orders in other regions also increased.

Order backlog

        Order backlog in 2013 was 2 percent lower (1 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, as both an increase in order backlog in Robotics and the increase in order backlog from acquiring Power-One were offset by a decrease in order backlog in the Drives and Controls, and Motors and Generators businesses.

        Order backlog in 2012 grew 7 percent (6 percent in local currencies) as the order intake from large orders increased in our Robotics and Motors and Generators businesses, which have a longer execution time.

Revenues

        In 2013, revenues increased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies) due to the impact of including Power-One as well as growth in the Robotics and Drives and Controls businesses. However, revenue decreases in the Motors and Generator business lowered the overall growth rate of the division.

        In 2012, revenues grew 7 percent (6 in local currencies) due to higher execution from the backlog in the Robotics business as well as in the Drives and Controls business. The Motors and Generators business reported single-digit growth in revenues compared to 2011.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

56

---

Table of Contents

        In 2013, Europe's share of total revenues increased as several large projects were executed from the 2012 order backlog. Revenue growth was achieved in Sweden, Norway, Italy, Finland and Switzerland. The share of the Americas decreased as revenue growth in Brazil and Canada was offset by a revenue decrease in the U.S. Asia's share of revenues declined as revenues in India, Australia and South Korea were lower than 2012, while China recorded moderate growth.

        In 2012, the share of revenues from the Americas increased due to higher orders. Revenues in Europe grew due to the solid execution of the order backlog but Europe's share was lower as revenues in the other regions grew faster. Asia achieved single-digit revenue growth but its share remained at the same level as 2011, as the revenues in other regions grew faster.

Income from operations

        In 2013, income from operations was stable compared to 2012. The benefit of higher revenues was offset by a reduction in operating margins, primarily due to changes in product mix. In addition, higher depreciation expense, the costs of acquiring Power-One and higher restructuring-related costs compared with 2012, negatively impacted income from operations in 2013. Depreciation and amortization increased to $285 million in 2013, mainly due to the acquisition of Power-One.

        In 2012, income from operations grew 14 percent compared to 2011, mainly due to higher revenues. The increase was primarily due to increases in the Robotics and Motors and Generators businesses. Acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items in 2012, of $8 million, were mainly transaction costs relating to the acquisition of Newave in Switzerland. Such acquisition-related expenses were substantially lower than the $90 million recorded in 2011, which included expenses related to the acquisition of Baldor. Depreciation and amortization increased to $263 million in 2012, mainly due to the acquisition of Newave.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Discrete Automation and Motion division was as follows:

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 3 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2012, Operational EBITDA increased 4 percent compared to 2011, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2014 outlook

        The uncertainty around the growth prospects in Europe and North America affects our business forecast. Orders and revenues are expected to grow in 2014, especially in emerging markets. We expect that the need for improved energy efficiency and productivity in a wide range of industries will

57

---

Table of Contents

continue to support the demand for automation solutions and energy-efficient products provided by the Discrete Automation and Motion division.

Low Voltage Products

        The financial results of our Low Voltage Products division were as follows:

Orders

        Orders increased 15 percent (14 percent in local currencies) in 2013, driven primarily by the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. In addition, orders grew moderately in most product businesses, while in the systems business orders decreased.

        Order growth in 2012 of 25 percent (29 percent in local currencies) was driven by the contribution from Thomas & Betts, which was acquired in May 2012. Excluding Thomas & Betts, orders decreased 4 percent (flat in local currencies). There was moderate growth in the systems business, while the product businesses decreased.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

        In 2013, the share of orders from the Americas increased and the share of orders from both Europe and Asia decreased, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013, which operates primarily in the U.S. and Canada.

        In 2012, orders in North America increased significantly due to Thomas & Betts, resulting in a more balanced geographic distribution of orders worldwide. Excluding Thomas & Betts, orders increased in Northern Europe and South Asia, but at the same time the division faced weaker demand in industrial and construction sectors in several of ABB's largest markets, such as Central and Southern Europe.

Order backlog

        In 2013, order backlog decreased 5 percent (4 percent in local currencies), driven mainly by certain product businesses.

        Excluding Thomas & Betts, order backlog increased 5 percent (4 percent in local currencies) in 2012. The higher backlog was driven by both product and systems businesses.

58

---

Table of Contents

Revenues

        In 2013, revenues increased 16 percent (16 percent in local currencies) primarily due to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013. In addition, revenues grew in our product businesses, while revenues were lower in the systems business.

        In 2012, revenues increased 25 percent (29 percent in local currencies). Excluding Thomas & Betts, revenues decreased 4 percent (flat in local currencies), as lower revenues from the product businesses were not fully offset by increased systems business revenues.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

        In 2013, the share of revenues from the Americas increased and the share of revenues from both Europe and Asia decreased, due primarily to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013.

        In 2012, the share of revenues from the Americas increased significantly due to Thomas & Betts. Excluding Thomas & Betts, the geographical distribution of revenue reflects the weaker demand in certain key markets, such as Central and Southern Europe.

Income from operations

        In 2013, income from operations increased 28 percent, due mainly to the impact of including Thomas & Betts for the full year in 2013 and also due to the inclusion in 2012 of $106 million of acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items (which mainly included certain employee-related expenses and transaction costs for Thomas & Betts). Depreciation and amortization of $323 million was higher than in 2012, due primarily to including Thomas & Betts for a full year. In addition, the change in geographic distribution of revenues in 2013, as well as a different revenue mix between products and systems, increased profitability.

        In 2012, income from operations decreased 5 percent due to an increased proportion of revenues from the lower margin systems business, and lower volumes in certain key markets partly offset by the benefits from including Thomas & Betts. Excluding Thomas & Betts, income from operations decreased 10 percent. Acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items of $106 million negatively impacted income from operations. Depreciation and amortization of $250 million was substantially higher in 2012, compared to 2011 ($116 million), due to Thomas & Betts.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Low Voltage Products division was as follows:

59

---

Table of Contents

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 20 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2012, Operational EBITDA increased 15 percent compared to 2011, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above. Excluding Thomas & Betts, Operational EBITDA declined 11 percent.

Fiscal year 2014 outlook

        The outlook for 2014 continues to be uncertain, despite some positive early cycle macroeconomic signs. In emerging markets trends are improving but the level of growth depends on the strength of the economic development. Some key markets in Europe remain challenging, including the Mediterranean countries.

Process Automation

        The financial results of our Process Automation division were as follows:

Orders

        Orders in 2013 declined 8 percent (8 percent in local currencies), reflecting the response of our customers to ongoing economic uncertainty. Order declines were primarily due to reductions in large orders as tender activity for major expansion projects decreased across most sectors. Orders during the year largely reflected customer investment in productivity improvements for existing assets rather than investment in capacity expansion. Orders from the oil and gas and marine sectors remained strong but were lower than in 2012, while orders from metals and pulp and paper customers decreased.

        Despite economic uncertainty across many parts of the world, orders in 2012 reached the same level as 2011 (increased 4 percent in local currencies) driven by key markets in marine, mining, and oil and gas. Orders from pulp and paper, and metals sectors were weaker however, especially in Europe, China and India. Certain short-cycle product businesses, such as Measurement Products, also recorded lower volumes in the second half of the year.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Process Automation division was as follows:

        In 2013, the share of orders from Asia grew while declining in the Americas and MEA. In Asia, the increase was primarily from China, where higher orders were mainly driven by the marine sector

60

---

Table of Contents

while the mining sector remained weak. South Korea also remained strong in the marine sector. In Europe, the offshore oil and gas market in the North Sea continued to see capital investments based on current high oil prices and improving reservoir assessment technology. The European shipbuilding sector also saw renewed activity, although economic constraints such as overcapacity and the lack of financing have affected this sector. Overall, Europe, with the same share of orders as in 2012, had a moderate decrease in orders, although still at high levels. Orders in the Americas were impacted by a reduction in investments made by the mining sector, while the MEA region decreased primarily due to a reduction in large orders received from the oil and gas sector.

        Growth in 2012 was driven by the MEA region and the Americas, while Europe retained its high share of total orders. Growth in MEA was driven by several oil and gas investments across the region, as well as harbor cranes investments in the United Arab Emirates and a mining investment in Mozambique. In the Americas, South America recorded the strongest growth, driven by several mining investments in Chile and Peru, as well as a large marine order in Brazil. North America also continued to be strong, largely driven by mining investments in Canada. Growth in Europe was overall low, as growth in Central Europe, driven by the marine and cranes sector, was offset by declines in Northern Europe. Asia recorded lower orders as the historically high activity level in the South Korean marine sector in 2011 was not repeated, while China grew moderately.

Order backlog

        Order backlog at December 31, 2013, was 10 percent lower (8 percent in local currencies) than in 2012, reflecting the impact of a reduction in order intake during the year.

        Order backlog at December 31, 2012, was 11 percent higher (8 percent in local currencies) than in 2011. Order backlog growth was largely driven by our Marines and Cranes, Mining, and Oil, Gas and Petrochemical businesses.

Revenues

        Although orders decreased in 2013, revenues were 4 percent higher than 2012 (5 percent in local currencies) as we executed on projects in the order backlog from 2012. Revenue growth resulted primarily from the systems businesses, particularly in the marine and mining sectors. The Oil, Gas and Petrochemical business also recorded modest growth, while revenues declined in the Paper, Metals & Cement business. Revenues in our product businesses grew moderately, particularly in Measurement Products and Control Technologies. Life-cycle services also showed modest growth.

        In 2012, revenues were down 2 percent (up 2 percent in local currencies) compared to 2011. We continued to execute from a strong order backlog. Revenue growth was led by the systems business, where the marine, and pulp and paper sectors recorded strong growth, while the metals and minerals sectors were lower. Our Oil, Gas, and Petrochemical business was flat. Product businesses grew moderately, where growth in our Measurement Products business was offset by a decline in our Turbo Products business. Life-cycle services continued to be strong and recorded a moderate growth, while our Full Service business was down, as we continued to refocus our portfolio towards higher value-added activities.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Process Automation division was as follows:

61

---

Table of Contents

        In 2013, revenues grew across most regions. The share of revenues from Asia increased as revenues grew in South Korea and China with high demand from the marine sector, while in Australia revenues grew in the oil and gas and mining sectors. The share of revenues from the Americas also increased as revenues grew primarily in South America, driven by the mining sector in Chile and Peru, while revenue levels in North America were maintained. Although the share of revenues from Europe decreased, revenues from Europe increased, mainly from higher revenues in the oil and gas sector in Northern Europe, while the rest of Europe was slightly lower. The share of revenues from MEA was lower primarily due to the timing of large projects in Africa.

        In 2012, revenue growth was led by Asia and the Americas. In Asia, strong growth was recorded in South Korea, driven by the Marine business, as well as growth in Singapore and Australia. China and India however declined. In the Americas, revenue growth was driven by the mining sector in Chile, as well as the oil and gas sector in Canada. Europe's share of revenues decreased, although still at high levels, as growth in the Oil and Gas, and Marine businesses in Northern Europe was offset by lower growth in Central Europe.

Income from operations

        In 2013, income from operations increased primarily due to higher revenues, as well as a favorable product mix resulting from stronger growth rates in our higher-margin businesses. Improved project execution in the systems businesses and strict cost control also contributed to the increase.

        In 2012, income from operations declined slightly compared to the previous year. The biggest driver for the decline was lower profitability in the Turbocharging business which was impacted by difficult market conditions, as well as $20 million additional restructuring expenses to further align our business structure to prevailing market conditions. Most of the restructuring expenses were recorded in the Turbocharging and Full Service businesses, as well as the Paper Metals and Cement businesses. In the systems business, the margin was on the same level as in 2011, while in the services business, life-cycle services continued to be strong and achieved a higher margin.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Process Automation division was as follows:

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 9 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2012, Operational EBITDA declined slightly compared to 2011, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

62

---

Table of Contents

Fiscal year 2014 outlook

        The outlook for 2014 is mixed and is industry dependent. The oil and gas industry is expected to be one key source of growth, not only because demand is expected to remain high and continue to grow, but also because new technologies (such as hydraulic fracturing) and new challenges (such as subsea automation) will drive capital expenditure. However, the mining and metals industry suffers from both overcapacity and increasing exploration cost. The pulp and paper industry has invested in fiber production during last two years, however future growth in this industry is expected to be limited.

Power Products

        The financial results of our Power Products division were as follows:

Orders

        In 2013, orders decreased 5 percent (5 percent in local currencies), as a result of a challenging market environment and restrained investment by power utilities. Although demand in the industrial and distribution sectors continued to offer opportunities, order intake was affected by lower demand in the power transmission sector.

        In 2012, order intake was maintained at the level of 2011 (increased 3 percent in local currencies) despite challenging economic and market conditions. Order intake was driven by steady demand in the industrial and distribution sectors and selective investments in the power transmission sector.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Power Products division was as follows:

        In 2013, the higher share of orders from MEA reflected continued development of power infrastructure in the region. The share of the Americas was steady, mainly driven by distribution upgrades. Asia maintained its share of total orders with China showing growth while Australia declined, as demand from industrial customers was lower, especially the mining sector. Europe's share of orders declined, reflecting the current market uncertainty.

        In 2012, the share of orders from MEA increased as a result of power transmission infrastructure orders. The share of the Americas was driven by grid upgrades in North America and capacity-related investments in South America. Asia's share declined in comparison to 2011 which included a large order in China. Europe was steady despite continued economic challenges restraining large scale investments.

63

---

Table of Contents

Order backlog

        In 2013, order backlog decreased 6 percent (5 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012. This resulted from lower order intake (described above) and the higher revenues executed from the 2012 backlog.

        In 2012, order backlog increased 6 percent (4 percent in local currencies) compared to 2011. The increase was mainly driven by transmission orders, which have a longer order-to-revenue conversion cycle, and steady base orders.

Revenues

        In 2013, revenues increased 3 percent (3 percent in local currencies), mainly reflecting the execution of the 2012 order backlog. This included the execution of orders with longer lead times, as well as higher revenues from industries typically having a shorter lead time, such as the distribution and industry sectors. Service revenues continued to grow but represented the same share of total division revenues as in 2012.

        In 2012, revenues decreased 1 percent (increased 2 percent in local currencies), reflecting the timing of order backlog conversion and market conditions. Revenues from distribution- and industry-related sectors were steady while the decrease in transmission-related volumes reflected the order backlog conversion. Service revenues grew and represented an increased share of total division revenues.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for our Power Products division was as follows:

        In 2013, the shares of revenues from both the Americas and Europe remained unchanged, reflecting the current economic environment. The share of revenues from Asia fell as revenues in certain key markets decreased slightly compared to 2012. The increase in the share of revenues from MEA was primarily driven by revenue increases in Saudi Arabia.

        In 2012, Asia increased its share of revenues reflecting the timing of order execution. The share of Europe declined due to continued economic uncertainty and selective capital investments by customers. The Americas maintained its share of revenues due to higher demand in the U.S.

Income from operations

        In 2013, income from operations was at the same level as 2012, as benefits from higher revenues were mostly offset by higher non-operational charges and higher depreciation and amortization. Operating margins were maintained as price pressure from lower margin orders in the backlog was largely offset by cost savings. In 2013, the gains from FX/commodity timing differences were lower than in 2012. Restructuring-related expenses were at the same level as 2012.

        In 2012, income from operations was lower than in 2011, primarily reflecting the execution of lower-margin order backlog as a result of pricing pressure. Cost saving initiatives helped to partially reduce the impact, as did a positive effect from FX/commodity timing differences and slightly lower restructuring and restructuring-related expenses.

64

---

Table of Contents

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Power Products division was as follows:

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 3 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2012, Operational EBITDA decreased 11 percent compared to 2011, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2014 outlook

        Utility transmission and distribution investments continue to be restrained, based on the overall macroeconomic environment, as industrial growth varies across geographies and markets. Emerging markets are selectively investing in infrastructure projects, while mature markets focus on upgrades and essentials driven by power reliability, efficiency and environmental concerns. Industrial investment remains largely focused in sectors such as oil and gas. The power transmission utility sector is still seeing selective project investments while distribution demand seems to be leveling out, driven by a deceleration in electricity consumption growth rates. The overall market remains competitive.

Power Systems

        The financial results of our Power Systems division were as follows:

Orders

        Order intake in 2013 was 25 percent lower (25 percent lower in local currencies), as customers postponed investments and delayed the award of large orders. In addition, we increased our project selectivity and focused on higher-margin business as part of the division's strategic repositioning (announced in December 2012). Power infrastructure spending was restrained due to economic uncertainties in most regions, while transmission utilities continued to invest selectively, focusing on additional capacity in emerging markets while mature markets focused mainly on grid upgrades. Large orders in 2013 included a $110 million order for a HVDC converter station to facilitate the connection

65

---

Table of Contents

of the Lithuanian and Polish power grids, an $80 million order to power Canada's largest solar photovoltaic plant, and substation orders of $160 million in Kuwait to help strengthen the country's power grid and support its growing infrastructure. Continued price pressure, resulting from ongoing macroeconomic weakness in certain key geographical markets, also negatively impacted our order levels in 2013.

        Order intake in 2012 decreased 14 percent (10 percent in local currencies), mainly due to a lower volume of large orders compared with 2011, which had included a $1 billion offshore wind farm order in Germany and an Ultrahigh Voltage Direct Current (UHVDC) power transmission order in India of around $900 million. The level of base orders was slightly lower than in 2011, with decreases in all businesses except Network Management where software orders increased. Large orders secured in 2012 included a $260 million converter station upgrade from the U.S. to improve power reliability in Oregon, a $170 million contract for a power link between an oil and gas field in the North Sea and the Norwegian grid, and multiple power infrastructure-related orders in Saudi Arabia and Iraq with a combined value of around $700 million. Mincom (an Australia-based software company specializing in solutions for mining and other asset-intensive industries, acquired in the third quarter of 2011) contributed $137 million to orders in 2012, compared with $47 million in 2011.

        The geographic distribution of orders for our Power Systems division was as follows:

        In 2013, orders declined across all regions compared to 2012. The change in the geographic share of orders primarily reflects changes in the geographical locations of large orders received during 2013 compared to 2012. The order decrease in the Americas mainly resulted from the strong level of large orders in 2012. Regionally, the percentage of our orders from Europe was the highest, although both large and base orders were lower than in the previous year.

        In 2012, the Americas was the largest region in terms of order intake, attributable to strong order growth in the U.S., Canada and Brazil. The order share of Europe decreased in 2012 compared with 2011, reflecting the $1 billion order in Germany booked in 2011. Growth in the MEA region was mainly driven by large orders in Saudi Arabia and Iraq. Asia's share of orders in 2012 was lower than in the previous year, mainly due to a lower level of large orders from India, where the $900 million order was booked in 2011.

Order backlog

        Order backlog at December 31, 2013, was $9,435 million, a decrease of 22 percent (21 percent in local currencies) compared with 2012. Order backlog was impacted significantly by the lower level of large orders received in 2013, particularly the lack of very large project orders which typically have execution times stretching over several years.

        Order backlog at December 31, 2012, reached a record level of $12,107 million, corresponding to an increase of 5 percent (2 percent in local currencies) compared with 2011.

66

---

Table of Contents

Revenues

        Revenues in 2013 increased 7 percent (8 percent in local currencies), with growth in all businesses. The increase was achieved primarily through the execution of projects from the 2012 order backlog. The strong order backlog level at the beginning of 2013 provided the division a strong base from which to generate revenues in 2013 and more than compensated for the lower level of orders received in 2013.

        Revenues in 2012 decreased 3 percent (increased 2 percent in local currencies), mainly reflecting the scheduled execution of our order backlog. Lower revenues in the Power Generation business could not be fully offset by revenue growth in our Network Management business. Revenues in the Grid Systems and Substations businesses were marginally down in U.S. dollar terms, but showed a small increase in local currencies. Revenues in 2012 included $138 million from Mincom.

        The geographic distribution of revenues for the Power Systems division was as follows:

        The regional distribution of revenues reflects the geographical end-user markets of the projects we are executing, and consequently varies over time. In 2013, Europe remained the largest region in terms of revenues, despite a decrease in share of revenues compared to previous year. The higher share of revenues from the Americas was due primarily to execution in 2013 of projects from the 2012 order backlog in the U.S. and Brazil.

        In 2012, Europe was the largest region in terms of revenues, partly reflecting the execution of offshore wind projects. The share of revenues from MEA was stable, despite a minor revenue decline in the region compared to 2011, caused by a revenue decrease in the United Arab Emirates and Qatar which could only partly be compensated by growth in Saudi Arabia and Iraq. Revenues grew in Asia, mainly driven by Australia, while the Americas saw a drop due to the timing of execution of some projects in Brazil.

Income from operations

        In 2013, income from operations increased to $171 million, from $7 million in 2012, due partly to the impacts on 2012 from the repositioning of the Power Systems division (announced in December 2012 and described below). Income from operations in 2013 was also negatively impacted by operational charges in the fourth quarter of approximately $260 million, a significant portion of which related to certain offshore wind projects, where severe winter storms in the North Sea caused time delays and increased costs. The remaining operational charges in the fourth quarter related to project cost increases in certain projects in other businesses. Restructuring-related expenses in 2013 of $101 million were higher than the $52 million in 2012, and included charges to adjust the size of certain operations in response to lower order intake. However, income from operations benefitted from the contribution of higher revenues and lower research and development spending. Additionally, cost savings from supply chain management and operational excellence activities helped mitigate the impact of price pressures in projects executed from the order backlog.

        In 2012, income from operations decreased to $7 million. Income from operations was negatively impacted by the execution of lower margin projects from the order backlog, as well as charges totaling

67

---

Table of Contents

approximately $350 million relating to a repositioning of the Power Systems division. The $350 million included charges totaling approximately $100 million related to certain impairments and restructuring-related activities in connection with the closure of low value-adding contracting operations in a number of countries. However, overall, restructuring-related expenses in 2012 of $52 million were marginally lower than the amount recorded in 2011. An increase in sales expenses, as well as research and development spending, related mainly to the acquisitions of Mincom and Tropos Networks Inc. In addition to the impact from acquisitions, sales expenses were also affected by increased tender activity. The impact from lower prices on past orders, now flowing through to revenues, was mitigated by cost savings from supply chain management and operational excellence activities. Income from operations was also impacted by higher depreciation and amortization expenses of $174 million in 2012, compared to $144 million in 2011, mainly resulting from additional depreciation from the Mincom acquisition.

Operational EBITDA

        The reconciliation of income from operations to Operational EBITDA for the Power Systems division was as follows:

        In 2013, Operational EBITDA increased 44 percent compared to 2012, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

        In 2012, Operational EBITDA decreased 61 percent compared to 2011, primarily due to the reasons described under "Income from operations", excluding the explanations related to the reconciling items in the table above.

Fiscal year 2014 outlook

        Fundamental market drivers for the Power Systems division remain intact; these include power infrastructure investments in emerging markets to add capacity, aging infrastructure upgrades in mature markets, a focus on renewables, energy efficiency, and the development of more reliable, flexible and smarter grids. There is, however, uncertainty in terms of the timing of investments, stemming from continued macroeconomic challenges in several economies, as well as ongoing project execution risks in line with the nature of the systems business.

Corporate and Other

        Income from operations for Corporate and Other was as follows:

68

---

Table of Contents

        In 2013, Corporate headquarters and stewardship costs increased by $31 million, primarily due to increases in personnel expenses and additional investments in information systems infrastructure. In 2012, Corporate headquarters and stewardship costs were in line with 2011.

        In 2013, Corporate research and development costs totaled $187 million, marginally lower than the costs reported in 2012. Corporate research and development costs decreased $10 million in 2012, as the amount spent on the growth fund was lower in 2012 than in 2011.

        Corporate real estate primarily includes the income from property rentals and gains from the sale of real estate properties. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, income from operations in Corporate real estate includes gains of $23 million, $26 million, $37 million, respectively, from the sales of real estate property in various countries.

        "Other" consists of operational costs of our Global Treasury Operations, operating income or loss in non-core businesses, and certain other charges. In 2013, "Other" included primarily certain legal compliance cases, certain environmental expenses, acquisition-related expenses, the loss on sale of a non-core business and the impairment of certain investments. In 2012, "Other" primarily included the release of a compliance-related provision, partially offset by a provision for certain pension claims in the U.S. and charges from the impairments of our investments in the shares of a public company. In 2011, "Other" included losses from the non-core distributed energy business in the United Kingdom, an impairment of our investment in the shares of a public company, as well as charges related to the deconsolidation of a Russian subsidiary and a sale of another Russian subsidiary.

Restructuring

Cost savings initiative

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we executed cost saving measures to sustainably reduce ABB's costs and protect our profitability. Costs associated with these measures amounted to $252 million, $180 million and $164 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Estimated cost savings initiatives amounted to around $1.2 billion in 2013, and $1.1 billion in each of 2012 and 2011. These savings were achieved by optimizing global sourcing (excluding changes in commodity prices), through reductions to general and administrative expenses, as well as adjustments to our global manufacturing and engineering footprint.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Principal sources of funding

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, we met our liquidity needs principally using cash from operations, proceeds from the issuance of debt instruments (bonds and commercial paper), short-term bank borrowings and the proceeds from sales of marketable securities.

        During 2013, 2012 and 2011, our financial position was strengthened by the positive cash flow from operating activities of $3,653 million, $3,779 million and $3,612 million, respectively.

        Our net debt is shown in the table below:

69

---

Table of Contents

        Net debt at December 31, 2013, decreased $52 million compared to December 31, 2012, as cash flows from operating activities during 2013 of $3,653 million were mostly offset by cash outflows for the payment of dividends ($1,667 million), the acquisition of businesses ($914 million, net of cash acquired), and purchases of property, plant and equipment ($1,106 million) during 2013. See "Financial Position", "Net cash used in investing activities" and "Net cash used in financing activities" for further details.

        Our Group Treasury Operations is responsible for providing a range of treasury management services to our group companies, including investing cash in excess of current business requirements. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the proportion of our aggregate "Cash and equivalents" and "Marketable securities and short-term investments" managed by our Group Treasury Operations amounted to approximately 55 percent and 65 percent, respectively.

        Throughout 2013 and 2012, the investment strategy for cash (in excess of current business requirements) has been to predominantly invest in short-term time deposits with maturities of less than 3 months, supplemented at times by investments in corporate commercial paper, AAA-rated money market liquidity funds, and government securities, primarily in the U.S. With ongoing credit risk concerns in the eurozone economic area, we restrict bank exposures in the eurozone area. We continue to also restrict the counterparties with whom we are prepared to place cash and we limit our deposits with banks in the eurozone. We actively monitor credit risk in our investment portfolio and hedging activities. Credit risk exposures are controlled in accordance with policies approved by our senior management to identify, measure, monitor and control credit risks. We closely monitor developments in the credit markets and make appropriate changes to our investment policy as deemed necessary. The rating criteria we require for our counterparts have remained unchanged during 2013 (compared to 2012) as follows—a minimum rating of A/A2 for our banking counterparts, while the minimum required rating for investments in short-term corporate paper is A-1/P-1. In addition to rating criteria, we have specific investment parameters and approved instruments as well as restricting the types of investments we make. These parameters are closely monitored on an ongoing basis and amended as we consider necessary.

        We believe the cash flows generated from our business, supplemented, when necessary, through access to the capital markets (including short-term commercial paper) and our credit facilities are sufficient to support business operations, capital expenditures, business acquisitions, the payment of dividends to shareholders and contributions to pension plans. Due to the nature of our operations, our cash flow from operations generally tends to be weaker in the first half of the year than in the second half of the year. Consequently, we believe that our ability to obtain funding from these sources will continue to provide the cash flows necessary to satisfy our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, as well as meet our debt repayments and other financial commitments for the next 12 months. See "Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments".

Debt and interest rates

        Total outstanding debt was as follows:

70

---

Table of Contents

        The decrease in short-term debt in 2013 was primarily due to the repayment at maturity of our EUR 700 million 4.625% Instruments due 2013 and the decrease in issued commercial paper ($100 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $1,019 million outstanding at December 31, 2012).

        Our debt has been obtained in a range of currencies and maturities and on various interest rate terms. We use derivatives to reduce the interest rate exposures arising on certain of our debt obligations. For example, we use interest rate swaps to effectively convert fixed rate debt into floating rate liabilities. After considering the effects of interest rate swaps, the effective average interest rate on our floating rate long-term debt (including current maturities) of $2,211 million and our fixed rate long-term debt (including current maturities) of $5,389 million was 1.2 percent and 3.1 percent, respectively. This compares with an effective rate of 1.6 percent for floating rate long-term debt of $2,353 million and 3.1 percent for fixed-rate long-term debt of $6,187 million at December 31, 2012.

        For a discussion of our use of derivatives to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our individual bond issuances, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Credit facility

        We have a $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility, maturing in 2015. No amount was drawn under this committed credit facility at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The facility is for general corporate purposes and serves as a back-stop facility to our commercial paper programs to the extent that we issue commercial paper under the programs described below. The facility contains cross-default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if we were to default on indebtedness, as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.

        The credit facility does not contain significant covenants that would restrict our ability to pay dividends or raise additional funds in the capital markets. For further details of the credit facility, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial paper

        At December 31, 2013, we had in place three commercial paper programs:

•

a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of USD-denominated commercial paper in the United States,



•

a $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies, and



•

a 5 billion Swedish krona program (equivalent to approximately $778 million, using December 31, 2013, exchange rates), allowing us to issue short-term commercial paper in either Swedish krona or euro.

        At December 31, 2013, $100 million was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States, compared to $1,019 million outstanding at December 31, 2012. As described in "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements, the amount outstanding increased subsequent to December 31, 2013.

        No amounts were outstanding under either the $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program or the 5 billion Swedish krona program at either December 31, 2013 or 2012.

        In February 2014, the $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program was terminated and replaced by a $2 billion Euro-commercial paper program, also for issuance in a variety of currencies.

71

---

Table of Contents

European program for the issuance of debt

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $1,722 million and $2,579 million, respectively, of our total debt outstanding, represented debt issuances under this program that allows the issuance of up to (the equivalent of) approximately $8 billion in certain debt instruments. The terms of the program do not obligate any third party to extend credit to us and the terms and possibility of issuing any debt under the program are determined with respect to, and as of the date of issuance of, each debt instrument. At December 31, 2013, it was more than 12 months since the program had been updated. New bonds could be issued under the program but could not be listed without us formally updating the program.

Australian program for the issuance of debt

        During 2012, we set up a program for the issuance of up to AUD 1 billion (equivalent to approximately $892 million, using December 31, 2013 exchange rates) of medium-term notes and other debt instruments. The terms of the program do not obligate any third party to extend credit to us and the terms and possibility of issuing any debt under the program are determined with respect to, and as of the date of issuance of, each debt instrument. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, debt issuance under this program amounted to $353 million and $413 million, respectively.

Credit ratings

        Credit ratings are assessments by the rating agencies of the credit risk associated with ABB and are based on information provided by us or other sources that the rating agencies consider reliable. Higher ratings generally result in lower borrowing costs and increased access to capital markets. Our ratings are of "investment grade" which is defined as Baa3 (or above) from Moody's and BBB- (or above) from Standard & Poor's.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, our long-term company ratings were A2 and A from Moody's and Standard & Poor's, respectively.

Limitations on transfers of funds

        Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where we operate, including: Algeria, Argentina, Chile, China, Colombia, Egypt, India, Indonesia, Korea, Malaysia, Peru, Russia, Taiwan, Thailand and Turkey. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred offshore from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs in those countries. In addition, there are certain countries where, for tax reasons, it is not considered optimal to transfer the cash offshore. As a consequence, these funds are not available within our Group Treasury Operations to meet short-term cash obligations outside the relevant country. The above described funds are reported as cash in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, but we do not consider these funds immediately available for the repayment of debt outside the respective countries where the cash is situated, including those described above. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the balance of "Cash and equivalents" and "Marketable securities and other short-term investments" under such limitations (either regulatory or sub-optimal from a tax perspective) totaled approximately $1,785 million and $1,985 million, respectively.

        During 2013, we continued to direct our subsidiaries in countries with restrictions to place such cash with our core banks or investment grade banks, in order to minimize credit risk on such cash positions. We continue to closely monitor the situation to ensure bank counterparty risks are minimized.

72

---

Table of Contents

FINANCIAL POSITION

Balance sheets

        For a discussion on cash and equivalents, see "Liquidity and Capital Resources—Principal sources of funding" for further details.

        Marketable securities and short-term investments decreased as investments were sold during 2013 to provide cash required to fund investing and financing activities (see "—Net cash used in investing activities" below).

        Receivables increased 4.9 percent (7.2 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, primarily due to an increase in unbilled receivables, net (see "Note 7 Receivables, net"), as several large projects experienced execution delays, thus delaying the timing of invoicing and collection. Ongoing working capital improvement projects resulted in a reduction of 5 days sales outstanding in trade receivables but this was more than offset by the increase resulting from acquisitions and higher revenues. Working capital improvement programs also resulted in a reduction in inventories of 2.9 percent (3.8 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, despite the increases due to acquisitions and higher revenues.

        For a summary of the components of deferred tax assets and liabilities, see "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The increase in "Other current assets" primarily reflects higher income tax receivables and higher fair values for foreign currency derivatives.

        Total current liabilities at December 31, 2013, decreased primarily due to the repayment on maturity of bonds, and a reduction in outstanding commercial paper and other short-term debt (see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements).

73

---

Table of Contents

        Accounts payable increased 2.4 percent (3.3 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, mainly due to acquisitions. Billings in excess of sales decreased 15.8 percent (13.7 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012 due to the timing of billings and collections for contracts under the percentage-of-completion or completed-contract method. Advances from customers declined 10.9 percent (7.6 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, due to the timing of cash receipts for advances on large projects with the largest decreases in the Power Systems and Process Automation divisions. Provisions for warranties increased 5.5 percent (5.4 percent in local currencies) compared to 2012, primarily due to acquisitions. Other provisions increased 14.7 percent (15.1 percent in local currencies), largely due to increased provisions for certain projects and increases in certain litigation- and compliance-related provisions. Other current liabilities decreased 2.2 percent (1.4 percent in local currencies) primarily due to a reduction in non-trade payables and a reduction of other tax liabilities.

        Property, plant and equipment increased 5.2 percent (4.9 percent in local currencies), primarily due to acquisitions, and high levels of investment across all divisions and most regions. The investments in new manufacturing facilities and upgrades to existing facilities help to secure our technological competitiveness in the growth markets we serve and increase our capacity to meet our customers' requirements.

        The increase in goodwill was mainly due to the acquisition of Power-One. Other intangible assets, net decreased 5.8 percent (5.1 percent in local currencies). See "Note 11 Goodwill and other intangible assets" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        Pension and other employee benefits decreased 28.4 percent (28.9 percent in local currencies) due to decreases in the underfunded status of our defined benefit pension plans, primarily as a result of changes in actuarial assumptions affecting estimated projected benefit obligations (see "Note 17 Employee benefits" to our Consolidated Financial Statements). For a breakdown of other non-current liabilities, see "Note 13 Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further explanation regarding deferred taxes, refer to "Note 16 Taxes" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

74

---

Table of Contents

Cash flows

        In the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the effects of discontinued operations are not segregated.

        The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows can be summarized as follows:

Net cash provided by operating activities

        Operating activities in 2013 provided net cash of $3,653 million, a decrease from 2012 of 3.3 percent. The decrease was partially due to higher net working capital requirements, particularly for unbilled receivables for long-term projects, but mitigated partly by cash inflows resulting from improved inventory management. Although net income increased during 2013, non-cash reconciling adjustments, primarily relating to deferred income taxes, resulted in a decrease in the cash impacts of net income compared to 2012.

        Operating activities in 2012 provided net cash of $3,779 million, an increase from 2011 of 4.6 percent. The increase was primarily driven by a lower increase in working capital requirements offset by the cash impacts of lower net income.

75

---

Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2013 was an outflow of $717 million, compared to a $5,575 million outflow in 2012. The decrease in outflows is mainly attributable to lower amounts paid for the acquisition of businesses in 2013, lower purchases of property, plant and equipment, and the impact from net sales of marketable securities in 2013 compared with net purchases in 2012.

        Cash paid for acquisitions (net of cash acquired) during 2013 amounted to $914 million, primarily relating to the acquisition of Power-One for $737 million.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles in 2013 decreased compared to 2012, as we reduced the amount of investment in capacity expansion compared to 2012. The total of $1,106 million included $776 million for construction in progress (generally for buildings and other property facilities), $206 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $48 million for the purchase of land and buildings, and $76 million for the purchase of intangible assets.

        To obtain necessary funds to make dividend payments, bond repayments, and to fund acquisitions during the year, we reduced our amount invested in marketable securities and short-term investments, resulting in net proceeds of $976 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2012 increased compared to 2011 due to the sustained high level of cash outflow for the acquisition of businesses, primarily Thomas & Betts. In addition, there were net cash outflows from marketable securities and short-term investments of $673 million compared to net inflows in the prior year of $1,778 million as acquisitions in 2012 were primarily financed through new corporate bonds issued, whereas in 2011, acquisitions were funded mainly by our excess liquidity. Capital expenditures for new plant, property and equipment were also higher in 2012, to support business growth.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles in 2012 of $1,293 million included $885 million for construction in progress, $248 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $83 million for the purchase of land and buildings, and $77 million for the purchase of intangible assets.

76

---

Table of Contents

        The net cash inflow from marketable securities and short-term investments in 2011 reflected the use of our excess liquidity in funding primarily the acquisition of businesses.

        Total cash disbursements for the purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles in 2011, included $268 million for the purchase of machinery and equipment, $128 million for the purchase of land and buildings, $57 million for the purchase of intangible assets and $568 million for construction in progress.

        Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired) and changes in cost and equity investments in 2011, primarily related to the acquisition of Baldor, Mincom, Trasfor and Lorentzen & Wettre Group and other smaller acquisitions.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

        Our financing activities primarily include debt transactions (both from the issuance of debt securities and borrowings directly from banks), dividends paid and share transactions.

        The 2013 net cash outflow from changes in debt with maturities of 90 days or less principally reflects a reduction in commercial paper outstanding. The 2012 and 2011 net cash inflow primarily reflects the net issuance of commercial paper under our commercial paper program in the United States. In 2013, the increase in debt primarily related to borrowings under borrowing facilities in various countries and issuance of commercial paper with maturities above 90 days. In 2012, the cash inflows from increases in debt primarily related to the issuance of the following bonds: EUR 1,250 million aggregate principal, $1,250 million aggregate principal, $750 million aggregate principal, $500 million aggregate principal, AUD 400 million aggregate principal and CHF 350 million aggregate principal. In 2011, the cash inflows from increases in debt principally related to the issuance of the following bonds: $600 million aggregate principal, $650 million aggregate principal, CHF 500 million aggregate principal and CHF 350 million aggregate principal.

        During 2013, $1,893 million of debt was repaid, primarily reflecting the repayment at maturity of the 700 million euro bonds (equivalent to $918 million at date of repayment). Other repayments during 2013 consisted mainly of repayments of commercial paper issuances having maturities above 90 days and repayments of other short-term debt. During 2012, $1,104 million of debt was repaid, mainly reflecting the repayment of part of the debt assumed from the acquisition of Thomas & Betts (approximately $320 million) and of other debt (primarily short-term bank borrowings). During 2011, $2,576 million of bonds and other debt was repaid, primarily reflecting the repayment of $1.2 billion in debt assumed upon the acquisition of Baldor in January 2011 and the repayment at maturity of 650 million euro (equivalent to $865 million at date of repayment).

77

---

Table of Contents

Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments

        The contractual obligations presented in the table below represent our estimates of future payments under fixed contractual obligations and commitments. The amounts in the table may differ from those reported in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013. Changes in our business needs, cancellation provisions and changes in interest rates, as well as actions by third parties and other factors, may cause these estimates to change. Therefore, our actual payments in future periods may vary from those presented in the table. The following table summarizes certain of our contractual obligations and principal and interest payments under our debt instruments, leases and purchase obligations at December 31, 2013:

        In the table above, the long-term debt obligations reflect the cash amounts to be repaid upon maturity of those debt obligations. The cash obligations above will differ from the long-term debt balance reflected in "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements due to the impacts of fair value hedge accounting adjustments and premiums or discounts on certain debt.

        We have determined the interest payments related to long-term debt obligations by reference to the payments due under the terms of our debt obligations at the time such obligations were incurred. However, we use interest rate swaps to modify the interest characteristics of certain of our debt obligations. The net effect of these swaps may be to increase or decrease the actual amount of our cash interest payment obligations, which may differ from those stated in the above table. For further details on our debt obligations and the related hedges, see "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        Of the total of $864 million unrecognized tax benefits (net of deferred tax assets) at December 31, 2013, it is expected that $34 million will be paid within less than a year. However, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate as to the related future payments for the remaining amount.

Off balance sheet arrangements

Commercial commitments

        We disclose the maximum potential exposure of certain guarantees, as well as possible recourse provisions that may allow us to recover from third parties amounts paid out under such guarantees. The maximum potential exposure does not allow any discounting of our assessment of actual exposure under the guarantees. The information below reflects our maximum potential exposure under the guarantees, which is higher than our assessment of the expected exposure.

78

---

Table of Contents

Guarantees

        The following table provides quantitative data regarding our third-party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a worst-case scenario, and do not reflect our expected results.

        The carrying amounts of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in respect of the above guarantees were not significant at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and reflect our best estimate of future payments, which we may incur as part of fulfilling our guarantee obligations.

        In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, we have entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively "performance bonds") with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that the Company does not fulfill its contractual obligations. ABB would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance bonds. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

        For additional descriptions of our performance, financial and indemnification guarantees see "Note 15 Commitments and contingencies" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Principles of Corporate Governance

General principles

        ABB is committed to the highest international standards of corporate governance, and supports the general principles as set forth in the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance, as well as those of the capital markets where its shares are listed and traded.

        In addition to the provisions of the Swiss Code of Obligations, ABB's key principles and rules on corporate governance are laid down in ABB's Articles of Incorporation, the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (which includes the regulations of ABB's board committees and the ABB Ltd Related Party Transaction Policy), and the ABB Code of Conduct and the Addendum to the ABB Code of Conduct for Members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee. It is the duty of ABB's Board of Directors (the Board) to review and amend or propose amendments to those documents from time to time to reflect the most recent developments and practices, as well as to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

        This section of the Annual Report is based on the Directive on Information Relating to Corporate Governance published by the SIX Swiss Exchange. Where an item listed in the directive is not addressed in this report, it is either inapplicable to or immaterial for ABB.

79

---

Table of Contents

        According to the New York Stock Exchange's corporate governance standards (the Standards), ABB is required to disclose significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from the Standards. ABB has reviewed the Standards and concluded that its corporate governance practices are generally consistent with the Standards, with the following significant exceptions:

•

Swiss law requires that the external auditors be elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting rather than by the finance and audit committee or the board of directors.



•

The Standards require that all equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto be approved by the shareholders. Consistent with Swiss law such matters are decided by our Board. However, the shareholders decide about the creation of new share capital that can be used in connection with equity compensation plans.

Duties of directors and officers

        The directors and officers of a Swiss corporation are bound, as specified in the Swiss Code of Obligations, to perform their duties with all due care, to safeguard the interests of the corporation in good faith and to extend equal treatment to shareholders in like circumstances.

        The Swiss Code of Obligations does not specify what standard of due care is required of the directors of a corporate board. However, it is generally held by Swiss legal scholars and jurisprudence that the directors must have the requisite capability and skill to fulfill their function, and must devote the necessary time to the discharge of their duties. Moreover, the directors must exercise all due care that a prudent and diligent director would have taken in like circumstances. Finally, the directors are required to take actions in the best interests of the corporation and may not take any actions that may be harmful to the corporation.

(i) Exercise of powers

        Directors, as well as other persons authorized to act on behalf of a Swiss corporation, may perform all legal acts on behalf of the corporation which the business purpose, as set forth in the articles of incorporation of the corporation, may entail. Pursuant to court practice, such directors and officers can take any action that is not explicitly excluded by the business purpose of the corporation. In so doing, however, the directors and officers must still pursue the duty of due care and the duty of loyalty described above and must extend equal treatment to the corporation's shareholders in like circumstances. ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain provisions concerning a director's power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on the compensation to themselves or any members of their body.

(ii) Conflicts of interest

        Swiss law does not have a general provision on conflicts of interest and our Articles of Incorporation do not limit our directors' power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which the director or officer is materially interested. However, the Swiss Code of Obligations requires directors and officers to safeguard the interests of the corporation and, in this connection, imposes a duty of care and loyalty on directors and officers. This rule is generally understood and so recommended by the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance as disqualifying directors and officers from participating in decisions, other than in the shareholders' meeting, that directly affect them.

(iii) Confidentiality

        Confidential information obtained by directors and officers of a Swiss corporation acting in such capacity must be kept confidential during and after their term of office.

80

---

Table of Contents

(iv) Sanctions

        If directors and officers transact business on behalf of the corporation with bona fide third parties in violation of their statutory duties, the transaction is nevertheless valid, as long as it is not explicitly excluded by the corporation's business purpose as set forth in its articles of incorporation. Directors and officers acting in violation of their statutory duties—whether transacting business with bona fide third parties or performing any other acts on behalf of the company—may, however, become liable to the corporation, its shareholders and its creditors for damages. The liability is joint and several, but the courts may apportion the liability among the directors and officers in accordance with their degree of culpability.

        In addition, Swiss law contains a provision under which payments made to a shareholder or a director or any person(s) associated therewith, other than at arm's length, must be repaid to the company if the shareholder or director or any person associated therewith was acting in bad faith.

        If the board of directors has lawfully delegated the power to carry out day-to-day management to a different corporate body, e.g., the executive committee, it is not liable for the acts of the members of that different corporate body. Instead, the directors can be held liable only for their failure to properly select, instruct and supervise the members of that different corporate body.

Group structure and shareholders

Group structure

        ABB Ltd, Switzerland, is the ultimate parent company of the ABB Group, which at December 31, 2013, principally comprised 395 consolidated operating and holding subsidiaries worldwide. ABB Ltd's shares are listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange (where its shares are traded in the form of American depositary shares (ADS)—each ADS representing one registered ABB share). On December 31, 2013, ABB Ltd had a market capitalization of CHF 54 billion (equivalent to $61 billion, using December 31, 2013, exchange rates).

        The only consolidated subsidiary in the ABB Group with listed shares is ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which is listed on the BSE Ltd. (Bombay Stock Exchange) and the National Stock Exchange of India. On December 31, 2013, ABB Ltd, Switzerland, directly or indirectly owned 75 percent of ABB India Limited, Bangalore, India, which at that time had a market capitalization of INR 147 billion (equivalent to $2.4 billion, using December 31, 2013, exchange rates).

81

---

Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2013, the name, country of incorporation and ownership interest of the significant direct and indirect subsidiaries of ABB Ltd, Switzerland:

82

---

Table of Contents

        ABB's operational group structure is described in "Item 4. Information of the Company—Introduction—Organizational structure".

Significant shareholders

        Investor AB, Sweden, held 186,580,142 ABB shares as of December 31, 2013. This holding represents approximately 8.1 percent of ABB's total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date. The number of shares held by Investor AB does not include shares held by Mr. Jacob Wallenberg (a director of ABB), the chairman of Investor AB, in his individual capacity.

        BlackRock Inc., New York, U.S., disclosed that as per July 25, 2011, it, together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries, held 69,702,100 ABB shares corresponding to 3.0 percent of ABB's total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2013. For a full review of the disclosure report pursuant to which BlackRock reported its ABB shareholdings, please refer to the search facility of the SIX Swiss Exchange Disclosure Office at www.six-swissexchange.com/shares/companies/major_shareholders_en.html?fromDate=19980101& issuer=10881

        To the best of ABB's knowledge, no other shareholder held 3 percent or more of ABB's total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on December 31, 2013.

        Under ABB's Articles of Incorporation, each registered share represents one vote. Significant shareholders do not have different voting rights.

        To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by any government or by any other corporation or person.

83

---

Table of Contents

Capital structure

Ordinary share capital

        On December 31, 2013, ABB's ordinary share capital (including treasury shares) as registered with the Commercial Register amounted to CHF 2,384,185,561.92, divided into 2,314,743,264 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share.

Changes to the share capital

        In 2011, ABB issued shares out of its contingent capital in connection with ABB's Management Incentive Plan (MIP). For further details about the MIP, see "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The resulting share capital of CHF 2,384,185,561.92, divided into 2,314,743,264 fully paid registered shares, was first reflected in ABB's Articles of Incorporation dated December 5, 2011.

        Except as described in this section, there were no changes to ABB's share capital during 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Contingent share capital

        At December 31, 2013, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 206,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share through the exercise of conversion rights and/or warrants granted in connection with the issuance on national or international capital markets of newly or already issued bonds or other financial market instruments.

        At December 31, 2013, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 10,300,000 through the issuance of up to 10,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share through the exercise of warrant rights granted to its shareholders. The Board may grant warrant rights not taken up by shareholders for other purposes in the interest of ABB.

        The pre-emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments or the grant of warrant rights. The then current owners of conversion rights and/or warrants will be entitled to subscribe for new shares. The conditions of the conversion rights and/or warrants will be determined by the Board.

        The acquisition of shares through the exercise of warrants and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation (see "Shareholders' participation—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below).

        In connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the advance subscription rights of shareholders if such bonds or other financial market instruments are for the purpose of financing or refinancing the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, participations or new investments, or an issuance on national or international capital markets. If the Board denies advance subscription rights, the convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments will be issued at the relevant market conditions and the new shares will be issued pursuant to the relevant market conditions taking into account the share price and/or other comparable instruments having a market price. Conversion rights may be exercised during a maximum ten-year period, and warrants may be exercised during a maximum seven-year period, in each case from the date of the respective issuance. The advance subscription rights of the shareholders may be granted indirectly.

84

---

Table of Contents

        At December 31, 2013, ABB's share capital may be increased by an amount not to exceed CHF 96,859,964 through the issuance of up to 94,038,800 fully paid shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share to employees. In addition, the Board has decided to propose to the shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting that the contingent share capital be increased to permit the issuance to employees of up to 150,000,000 shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 per share. The pre-emptive and advance subscription rights of ABB's shareholders are excluded. The shares or rights to subscribe for shares will be issued to employees pursuant to one or more regulations to be issued by the Board, taking into account performance, functions, level of responsibility and profitability criteria. ABB may issue shares or subscription rights to employees at a price lower than that quoted on a stock exchange. The acquisition of shares within the context of employee share ownership and each subsequent transfer of the shares will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation (see "Shareholders' participation—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below).

Authorized share capital

        At December 31, 2013, ABB had an authorized share capital in the amount of up to CHF 206,000,000 through the issuance of up to 200,000,000 fully paid registered shares with a par value of CHF 1.03 each, which is valid until April 29, 2015. The Board is authorized to determine the date of issue of new shares, the issue price, the type of payment, the conditions for the exercise of pre-emptive rights and the beginning date for dividend entitlement. In this regard, the Board may issue new shares by means of a firm underwriting through a banking institution, a syndicate or another third party with a subsequent offer of these shares to the shareholders. The Board may permit pre-emptive rights that have not been exercised by shareholders to expire or it may place these rights and/or shares as to which pre-emptive rights have been granted but not exercised at market conditions or use them for other purposes in the interest of the company. Furthermore, the Board is authorized to restrict or deny the pre-emptive rights of shareholders and allocate such rights to third parties if the shares are used (1) for the acquisition of an enterprise, parts of an enterprise, or participations, or for new investments, or in case of a share placement, for the financing or refinancing of such transactions; or (2) for the purpose of broadening the shareholder constituency in connection with a listing of shares on domestic or foreign stock exchanges. The subscription and the acquisition of the new shares, as well as each subsequent transfer of the shares, will be subject to the restrictions of ABB's Articles of Incorporation.

Convertible bonds and options

        ABB does not have any bonds outstanding that are convertible into ABB shares. For information about options on shares issued by ABB, see "Note 19 Stockholders' equity" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shareholders' participation

Shareholders' voting rights

        ABB has one class of shares and each registered share carries one vote at the general meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been registered in the share register of ABB as a shareholder with the right to vote, or with Euroclear Sweden AB (Euroclear), which maintains a subregister of the share register of ABB.

        A shareholder may be represented at the Annual General Meeting by its legal representative, by another shareholder with the right to vote, or an independent proxy designated by ABB (unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter). All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by one representative only.

        For practical reasons shareholders must be registered in the share register no later than 6 business days before the general meeting in order to be entitled to vote. Except for the cases described under

85

---

Table of Contents

"—Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration" below, there are no voting rights restrictions limiting ABB's shareholders' rights.

Limitations on transferability of shares and nominee registration

        ABB may decline a registration with voting rights if a shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights.

        A person failing to expressly declare in its registration application that it holds the shares for its own account (a nominee) will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its status, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision. In special cases the Board may grant exemptions. There were no exemptions granted in 2013.

        The limitation on the transferability of shares may be removed by an amendment of ABB's Articles of Incorporation by a shareholders' resolution requiring two-thirds of the votes represented at the meeting.

Shareholders' dividend rights

        The unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd are prepared in accordance with Swiss law. Based on these financial statements, dividends may be paid only if ABB Ltd has sufficient distributable profits from previous years or sufficient free reserves to allow the distribution of a dividend. Swiss law requires that ABB Ltd retain at least 5 percent of its annual net profits as legal reserves (which are comprised of ordinary reserves, capital contribution reserve and reserve for own shares), unless these reserves already amount to 20 percent of ABB Ltd's share capital. Any net profits remaining in excess of those reserves are at the disposal of the shareholders' meeting.

        Under Swiss law, ABB Ltd may only pay out a dividend if it has been proposed by a shareholder or the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd and approved at a general meeting of shareholders, and the auditors confirm that the dividend conforms to statutory law and ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation. In practice, the shareholders' meeting usually approves dividends as proposed by the Board of Directors, if the Board of Directors' proposal is confirmed by the statutory auditors.

        Dividends are usually due and payable no earlier than three trading days after the shareholders' resolution and the ex-date for dividends is normally two trading days after the shareholders' resolution approving the dividend. Dividends are paid to holders that are registered on the record date. Payment of dividends on those shares registered with Euroclear is administered by Euroclear. Under Swiss law, dividends not collected within five years after the due date accrue to ABB Ltd and are allocated to its other reserves. As ABB Ltd pays cash dividends, if any, in Swiss francs (subject to the exception for certain shareholders in Sweden described below), exchange rate fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs upon conversion of those cash dividends by Citibank, N.A., the depositary, in accordance with the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated May 7, 2001.

        For shareholders who are residents of Sweden, ABB has established a dividend access facility (for up to 600,004,716 shares). If these shareholders register with Euroclear, they may elect to receive the dividend from ABB Norden Holding AB in Swedish krona (in an amount equivalent to the dividend paid in Swiss francs) without deduction of Swiss withholding tax. For further information on the dividend access facility, see ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

General meeting

        Shareholders' resolutions at general meetings are approved with an absolute majority of the votes represented at the meeting, except for those matters described in article 704 of the Swiss Code of

86

---

Table of Contents

Obligations and for resolutions with respect to restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of such restrictions, which all require the approval of two-thirds of the votes represented at the meeting.

        At December 31, 2013, shareholders representing shares of a par value totaling at least CHF 412,000 may request items to be included in the agenda of a general meeting. Any such request must be made in writing at least 40 days prior to the date of the general meeting and specify the items and the motions of such shareholder(s).

        ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain provisions on the convocation of the general meeting of shareholders that differ from the applicable legal provisions.

Board of Directors

Responsibilities and organization

        The Board defines the ultimate direction of the business of ABB and issues the necessary instructions. It determines the organization of the ABB Group and appoints, removes and supervises the persons entrusted with the management and representation of ABB.

        The internal organizational structure and the definition of the areas of responsibility of the Board, as well as the information and control instruments vis-à-vis the Executive Committee, are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

        The Board meets as frequently as needed but at least four times per annual Board term. Board meetings are convened by the chairman or upon request by a director or the chief executive officer (CEO). Documentation covering the various items of the agenda for each Board meeting is sent out in advance to each Board member in order to allow each member time to study the covered matters prior to the meetings. Decisions made at the Board meetings are recorded in written minutes of the meetings.

        The CEO shall regularly, and whenever extraordinary circumstances so require, report to the Board about ABB's overall business and affairs. Further, Board members are entitled to information concerning ABB's business and affairs. Additional details are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Term and members

        The members of the Board are elected individually at the annual general meeting of the shareholders for a term of one year; re-election is possible. Our Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance, do not provide for the retirement of directors based on their age. However, an age limit for members of the Board is set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines (although waivers are possible and subject to Board discretion), a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

        As of December 31, 2013, the members of the Board (Board term April 2013 to April 2014) were:

        Hubertus von Grünberg has been a member and chairman of ABB's Board of Directors since May 3, 2007. He is a member of the supervisory board of Deutsche Telekom AG (Germany) and a member of the board of directors of Schindler Holding AG (Switzerland). Mr. von Grünberg was born in 1942 and is a German citizen.

        Roger Agnelli has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since March 12, 2002. He is a member of the board of directors of WPP plc (U.K.). He was previously president and chief executive officer of Vale S.A. (Brazil). Mr. Agnelli was born in 1959 and is a Brazilian citizen.

87

---

Table of Contents

        Louis R. Hughes has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since May 16, 2003. He is the chairman of InZero Systems (formerly GBS Laboratories LLC) (U.S.) and also a member of the boards of directors of Akzo Nobel (the Netherlands) and Alcatel Lucent (France). Mr. Hughes was born in 1949 and is a U.S. citizen.

        Hans Ulrich Märki has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since March 12, 2002. He is the retired chairman of IBM Europe, Middle East and Africa (France), and a member of the board of directors of Mettler Toledo International (U.S.) and Swiss Re Ltd and the Menuhin Festival Gstaad AG (both Switzerland). He is also a member of the foundation boards of the Schulthess Klinik, Zurich and Les Arts Gstaad (both Switzerland) and the board of trustees of the Hermitage Museum, St. Petersburg (Russia). Mr. Märki was born in 1946 and is a Swiss citizen.

        Michel de Rosen has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since March 12, 2002. He is the chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of Eutelsat Communications (France). Mr. de Rosen was born in 1951 and is a French citizen.

        Michael Treschow has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since May 16, 2003. He is the chairman of the boards of directors of Unilever NV (the Netherlands), and Unilever PLC (U.K.). He is also a member of the board of directors of the Knut and Alice Wallenberg Foundation (Sweden). Mr. Treschow was born in 1943 and is a Swedish citizen.

        Jacob Wallenberg has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since June 26, 1999. From March 1999 to June 1999, he served as a member of the board of directors of ABB Asea Brown Boveri Ltd, the former parent company of the ABB Group. He is chairman of the board of directors of Investor AB (Sweden) and vice chairman of Telefonaktie-bolaget LM Ericsson AB, SEB Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken and SAS AB (all Sweden). He is also a member of the boards of directors of the Knut and Alice Wallenberg Foundation and the Stockholm School of Economics (both Sweden), and The Coca-Cola Company (U.S.). Mr. Wallenberg was born in 1956 and is a Swedish citizen.

        Ying Yeh has been a member of ABB's Board of Directors since April 29, 2011. She is a member of the boards of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group (U.K.), Volvo AB (Sweden) and Samsonite International S.A. (Luxembourg). Ms. Yeh was born in 1948 and is a Chinese citizen.

        As of December 31, 2013, all Board members were non-executive and independent directors (see also "Business relationships" below), and none of ABB's Board members held any official functions or political posts. Further information on ABB's Board members can be found by clicking on the ABB Board of Directors CV link which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Board committees

        From among its members, the Board has appointed two Board committees: the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee (GNCC) and the Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee (FACC). The duties and objectives of the Board committees are set forth in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance. These committees assist the Board in its tasks and report regularly to the Board. The members of the Board committees are required to be independent.

(i) Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee

        The GNCC is responsible for (1) overseeing corporate governance practices within ABB, (2) nominating candidates for the Board, the role of CEO and other positions on the Executive Committee, and (3) succession planning, employment and compensation matters relating to the Board and the Executive Committee. The GNCC is also responsible for maintaining an orientation program for new Board members and an ongoing education program for existing Board members.

88

---

Table of Contents

        The GNCC must comprise three or more independent directors. The chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee's chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained.

As of December 31, 2013, the members of the GNCC were:
Hans Ulrich Märki (chairman)
Michel de Rosen
Michael Treschow
Ying Yeh

(ii) Finance, Audit and Compliance Committee

        The FACC is responsible for overseeing (1) the integrity of ABB's financial statements, (2) ABB's compliance with legal, tax and regulatory requirements, (3) the independent auditors' qualifications and independence, (4) the performance of ABB's internal audit function and external auditors, and (5) ABB's capital structure, funding requirements and financial risk policies.

        The FACC must comprise three or more independent directors who have a thorough understanding of finance and accounting. The chairman of the Board and, upon invitation by the committee's chairman, the CEO or other members of the Executive Committee may participate in the committee meetings, provided that any potential conflict of interest is avoided and confidentiality of the discussions is maintained. In addition, the Chief Integrity Officer, the Head of Internal Audit and the external auditors participate in the meetings as appropriate. As required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at least one member of the FACC has to be an audit committee financial expert. The Board has determined that each member of the FACC is an audit committee financial expert.

As of December 31, 2013, the members of the FACC were:
Louis R. Hughes (chairman)
Roger Agnelli
Jacob Wallenberg

Meetings and attendance

        The Board and its committees have regularly scheduled meetings throughout the year. These meetings are supplemented by additional meetings (either in person or by conference call), as necessary.

89

---

Table of Contents

        The table below shows the number of meetings held during 2013 by the Board and its committees, their average duration, as well as the attendance of the individual Board members. In addition, members of the Board and the Executive Committee participated in a two-day strategic retreat.

Board Compensation and Shareholdings

        Information about Board compensation and shareholdings can be found in sections titled "Remuneration—Board Remuneration—Components of compensation", "Remuneration—Board Remuneration—Board compensation in 2013" and "Remuneration—ABB shareholding of members of the Board and EC".

Secretary to the Board

        Diane de Saint Victor is the secretary to the Board.

Executive Committee

Responsibilities and organization

        The Board has delegated the executive management of ABB to the CEO and the other members of the Executive Committee. The CEO and under his direction the other members of the Executive Committee are responsible for ABB's overall business and affairs and day-to-day management.

        The CEO reports to the Board regularly, and whenever extraordinary circumstances so require, on the course of ABB's business and financial performance and on all organizational and personnel matters, transactions and other issues relevant to the Group.

        Each member of the Executive Committee is appointed and discharged by the Board.

Members of the Executive Committee

        As of December 31, 2013, the members of the Executive Committee were:

        Ulrich Spiesshofer was appointed Chief Executive Officer in September 2013. From January 2010 to September 2013, Mr. Spiesshofer was Executive Committee member responsible for the Discrete Automation and Motion division. He joined ABB in November 2005 as Executive Committee member responsible for Corporate Development. From 2002 until he joined ABB, he was senior partner, global head of operations practice at Roland Berger AG (Switzerland). Prior to 2002, he held various management positions with A.T. Kearney Ltd. and its affiliates. Mr. Spiesshofer was born in 1964 and is a German citizen.

90

---

Table of Contents

        Eric Elzvik was appointed Chief Financial Officer and member of the Executive Committee in February 2013. He is a member of the Foundation Board of IMD. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Elzvik was the Chief Financial Officer of ABB's Discrete Automation and Motion division. He joined ABB in 1984 and has held a variety of other leadership roles in Sweden, Singapore and Switzerland, including head of Corporate Development, and head of Mergers & Acquisitions and New Ventures. Mr. Elzvik was born in 1960 and is a Swiss and Swedish citizen.

        Jean-Christophe Deslarzes was appointed Head of Human Resources and Executive Committee member in November 2013. From 2010 through 2013 he was the Chief Human Resources and Organization Officer of the Carrefour Group (France). From 2008 to 2010 he was President and CEO of the Downstream Aluminum Businesses of Rio Tinto (Canada). From 2006 to 2008, he was Senior Vice President Human Resources and a member of the executive committee of Alcan Inc. (Canada), including co-leader of the Rio Tinto-Alcan integration from 2007 to 2008. Between 1994 and 2008, he held various roles with Alcan (Switzerland and France). Mr. Deslarzes was born in 1963 and is a Swiss citizen.

        Diane de Saint Victor joined ABB's Executive Committee as General Counsel in January 2007. She is a non-executive director of Barclays Bank PLC (U.K.). From 2004 to 2006, she was general counsel of European Aeronautic Defence and Space, EADS (France/Germany). From 2003 to 2004, she was general counsel of SCA Hygiene Products (Germany). From 1993 to 2003, she held various legal positions with Honeywell International (France/Belgium). From 1988 to 1993, she held various legal positions with General Electric (U.S.). Ms. de Saint Victor was born in 1955 and is a French citizen.

        Frank Duggan was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for Global Markets in March 2011. Since 2008, he has also been ABB's region manager for India, Middle East and Africa. From 2008 to 2011, he was ABB's country manager for the United Arab Emirates. From 2004 to 2007, he was head of ABB's Group Account Management and ABB's country manager for Ireland. Between 1986 and 2004, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Duggan was born in 1959 and is an Irish citizen.

        Greg Scheu was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for business integration, group service, and North America in November 2013. He has been nominated to be a board member of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (U.S.). Mr. Scheu joined the Executive Committee as the member responsible for Marketing and Customer Solutions in May 2012. Mr. Scheu, a former executive of Rockwell International, joined ABB in 2001 and was responsible for the integration of Baldor Electric Co., which ABB acquired in January 2011, and for the integration of Thomas & Betts, which ABB acquired in 2012. Mr.Scheu was born in 1961 and is a U.S. citizen.

        Pekka Tiitinen was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for the Discrete Automation and Motion division in September 2013. Prior to joining the Executive Committee, Mr. Tiitinen was the head of ABB's drives and controls business in 2013. From 2003 to 2012, Mr. Tiitinen was the head of ABB's low voltage drives business and from 1990 to 2003, he held various management roles with ABB. Mr. Tiitinen was born in 1967 and is a Finnish citizen.

        Tarak Mehta was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for the Low Voltage Products division in October 2010. From 2007 to 2010, he was head of ABB's transformers business. Between 1998 and 2006, he held several management positions with ABB. Mr. Mehta was born in 1966 and is a U.S. citizen.

        Veli-Matti Reinikkala was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for the Process Automation division in January 2006. He is a member of the board of directors of UPM-Kymmene (Finland). In 2005, he was head of ABB's process automation business. From 1993 to 2005, he held several positions with ABB. Mr. Reinikkala was born in 1957 and is a Finnish citizen.

        Bernhard Jucker was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for the Power Products division in January 2006. From 2003 to 2005, he was ABB's country manager for Germany. From 1980 to 2003, he held various positions in ABB. Mr. Jucker was born in 1954 and is a Swiss citizen.

91

---

Table of Contents

        Claudio Facchin was appointed Executive Committee member responsible for the Power Systems division in December 2013. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Facchin was head of ABB's North Asia region. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Facchin was the head of ABB's substations business and from 1995 to 2004, he held various management roles with ABB. Mr. Facchin was born in 1965 and is an Italian citizen.

        Further information about the members of the Executive Committee can be found by clicking on the Executive Committee CV link at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

Executive Committee Compensation and Shareholdings

        Information about Executive Committee compensation and shareholdings can be found in sections below titled "Remuneration—Executive Committee remuneration—Components of EC compensation", "Remuneration—Executive Committee remuneration—EC compensation in 2013", "Remuneration—Compensation to former members of the Board and the EC" and "Remuneration—ABB shareholdings of members of the Board and the EC".

Management contracts

        There are no management contracts between ABB and companies or natural persons not belonging to the ABB Group.

Business relationships

        This section describes important business relationships between ABB and its Board and Executive Committee members, or companies and organizations represented by them. This determination has been made based on ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy. This policy is contained in the ABB Ltd Board Regulations & Corporate Governance Guidelines, a copy of which can be found at www.abb.com/about/corporate-governance

        Vale S.A. and its subsidiaries (Vale) and ABB have entered into a framework agreement establishing general terms and conditions for the supply of products, systems and services among their respective group subsidiaries. ABB supplies Vale primarily with process automation products for mineral systems. The total revenues recorded by ABB in 2013 relating to its contracts with Vale were approximately $80 million. Roger Agnelli was president and CEO of Vale until May 2011.

        Atlas Copco AB (Atlas Copco) is an important customer of ABB. ABB supplies Atlas Copco primarily with drives and motors through its Discrete Automation and Motion division. The total revenues recorded by ABB relating to business with Atlas Copco were approximately $70 million in 2013. Jacob Wallenberg was vice chairman of Atlas Copco until April 2012.

        ABB has an unsecured syndicated $2-billion, revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2013, SEB Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) (SEB) and Barclays Bank PLC (Barclays) had committed to $71 million out of the $2-billion total. In addition, ABB has regular banking business with SEB and Barclays. Jacob Wallenberg is the vice chairman of SEB and Diane de Saint Victor is a non-executive director of Barclays.

        After comparing the share of revenues generated from ABB's business with Vale and Atlas Copco, and after reviewing the banking commitments of SEB and Barclays, the Board has determined that ABB's business relationships with those companies are not unusual in their nature or conditions and do not constitute material business relationships. As a result, the Board concluded that all members of the Board are considered to be independent directors. This determination was made in accordance with ABB Ltd's Related Party Transaction Policy which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice for Corporate Governance and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

92

---

Table of Contents

Employee participation programs

        In order to align its employees' interests with the business goals and financial results of the company, ABB operates a number of incentive plans, linked to ABB's shares, such as the Employee Share Acquisition Plan, the Management Incentive Plan and the Long-Term Incentive Plan. For a more detailed description of these incentive plans, please refer to "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Duty to make a public tender offer

        ABB's Articles of Incorporation do not contain any provisions raising the threshold (opting-up) or waiving the duty (opting out) to make a public tender offer pursuant to article 32 of the Swiss Stock Exchange and Securities Trading Act.

Remuneration

        ABB's success depends on its ability to attract and retain people who will drive the business to outperform competitors and create value for shareholders over the long term. These are important considerations behind ABB's remuneration policy. The Remuneration report presents the principles of this policy, the mechanisms for managing remuneration, and the compensation in 2013 for members of the Board of Directors (Board) and the Executive Committee (EC).

Board remuneration

Governance and principles

        The Board sets and periodically reviews compensation for its members based on a comparison of the compensation of non-executive board members of publicly-traded companies in Switzerland that are part of the Swiss Market Index. The Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee (GNCC) is responsible for making recommendations to the Board.

Components of compensation

        Members of the Board are paid for their service over a 12-month period that starts with their election at the Annual General Meeting. Payment is made in two installments: one following the first six months of the term and one at the end. Board members do not receive pension benefits and are not eligible to participate in any of ABB's employee incentive programs.

        To align the interests of Board members with those of ABB's shareholders, half of each member's compensation is paid in the form of ABB shares, though Board members can alternatively choose to receive all their compensation in shares. The shares are kept in a blocked account for three years. Departing Board members are entitled to the shares when they leave the company unless agreed otherwise.

        The number of shares awarded is calculated prior to each semi-annual payment by dividing the sum to which the Board members are entitled by the average closing price of the ABB share over a predefined 30-day period. Compensation for Board members is outlined in the table below and has been unchanged since the 2007/2008 term of office.

93

---

Table of Contents

Board compensation in 2013

        The compensation amounts per individual are listed in the table below:

        Consistent with past practice, no loans or guarantees were granted to Board members in 2013.

Executive Committee remuneration

Governance and principles

        The Board and GNCC have direct oversight of compensation policy at ABB. The GNCC is responsible for developing the general remuneration principles and practices of ABB and for recommending them to the full Board, which takes the final decisions.

        The Board and GNCC are actively involved in the continuous development of ABB's executive remuneration system to reflect an equitable remuneration philosophy that is based on the following principles:

•

Market orientation—ABB conducts regular benchmarking reviews to ensure compensation is at a level that will attract and retain top talent.



•

Performance—ABB ensures that performance drives all compensation elements. Performance metrics include financial objectives, individual performance and behavior, as well as the share price performance.

94

---

Table of Contents

•

Shareholder value—ABB's compensation elements focus on rewarding the delivery of outstanding and sustainable results without inappropriate risk taking.



•

Retention—ABB grants a portion of its compensation through long-term oriented elements to attract and retain the key talent that ABB needs to drive its success globally.

        The GNCC acts on behalf of the Board in regularly reviewing the remuneration philosophy and structure, and in reviewing and approving specific proposals on executive compensation to ensure that they are consistent with ABB's compensation principles. Hostettler, Kramarsch & Partner AG (hkp), an independent consultant specializing in performance management and compensation, provides advice to the GNCC in the area of remuneration. hkp has no other mandate with ABB.

        All senior positions in ABB have been evaluated using a consistent methodology developed by the Hay Group, whose job evaluation system is used by more than 10,000 companies around the world. The Hay methodology goes beyond job titles and company size in assessing positions. It considers the know-how required to do the job, the problem-solving complexities involved, as well as the accountability for results and the freedom to act to achieve results. This approach provides a meaningful, transparent and consistent basis for comparing remuneration levels at ABB with those of equivalent jobs at other companies that have been evaluated using the same criteria. The Board primarily uses Hay's data from the European market to set EC compensation, which is targeted to be above the median values for the market.

        Every year, the Board reviews the CEO's performance while the CEO reviews the performance of other members of the EC and makes recommendations to the GNCC on their individual remuneration. The full Board takes the final decisions on compensation for all EC members, none of whom participates in the deliberations on their remuneration.

        Information on the meetings held by the GNCC in 2013 can be found in the section "Board of Directors—Meetings and attendance".

Components of EC compensation

(i) Compensation elements and performance considerations

        The compensation of EC members currently consists of the following elements: a base salary and benefits, a short-term variable component dependent on annual ABB performance objectives, and a long-term variable component designed to reward the creation of shareholder value and the executive's commitment to the company.

95

---

Table of Contents

        The main components of executive compensation in 2013 are summarized in the following chart and described in detail below:

        In addition, members of the EC are required to build up a holding of ABB shares that is equivalent to a multiple of their base salary, to ensure that their interests are aligned with those of shareholders. Since 2010, the requirement has been five times base salary for the CEO and four times base salary for the other members of the EC. New members of the EC should aim to reach these multiples within four years of their appointment. These required shareholding amounts are reviewed annually, based on salary and expected share price developments.

        The chart below illustrates how performance considerations are reflected in each component of executive remuneration.

96

---

Table of Contents

(ii) Annual base salary

        The base salary for members of the EC is set taking into account positions of comparable responsibility outside ABB, as determined using the Hay methodology described above. It is reviewed annually, principally on the basis of Hay's annual Top Executive Compensation in Europe survey. When considering changes in base salary, the executive's performance during the preceding year against individual objectives is taken into account. Under its mandate with ABB, Hay also conducts job evaluations.

(iii) Benefits

        Members of the EC receive pension benefits, payable into the Swiss ABB Pension Fund and the ABB Supplementary Insurance Plans (the regulations are available at www.abbvorsorge.ch). The compensation of EC members also includes social security contributions and other benefits, as outlined in the table in "EC compensation in 2013" below. The Board has decided to provide tax equalization for EC members resident outside Switzerland to the extent that they are not able to claim a tax credit in their country of residence for income taxes they have paid in Switzerland.

(iv) Short-term variable compensation

        Payment of the short-term variable component is conditional on the fulfillment of predefined annual objectives that are specific, quantifiable and challenging. Short-term variable compensation for members of the EC and most other senior managers throughout the company is based on ABB performance objectives. For some managers with regional or country-level responsibilities, short-term variable compensation is based on related objectives adapted to ABB's goals in these markets. The Board determines the short-term ABB performance objectives taking into account the recommendation of the GNCC.

        The 2013 ABB metrics, shown in the table below, were aligned with ABB's 2015 strategic targets that have been communicated to shareholders.

        The payout for fully achieving the predefined annual objectives is equivalent to 150 percent of the base salary for the CEO and 100 percent of the base salary for other members of the EC. Underperformance results in a lower payout, or none at all if performance is below a certain threshold. If the objectives are exceeded, the Board has the discretion to approve a payout that is up to

97

---

Table of Contents

50 percent higher (representing up to 225 percent of the base salary for the CEO and 150 percent of the base salary for other members of the EC). For 2013, the payout was 100 percent of the target short-term variable compensation, reflecting the company's performance.

(v) Long-term variable compensation

        An important principle of executive compensation at ABB is that it should encourage the creation of value for the company's shareholders and enable EC members to participate in the company's success. The company's Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) is the principal mechanism through which members of the EC and certain other executives are encouraged to create value for shareholders. Awarded annually, LTIPs comprise a performance component and a retention component whose proportions in relation to the base salary are explained below.

        Under the terms and conditions of the plan, the Board decides whether EC members who leave the company before the end of the three-year period forfeit the unvested award, or receive all or a portion of such awards. The Board also decides whether to award LTIPs to new participants or change the size of an LTIP award to an existing participant for up to six months after the launch of a plan. These Board decisions are made taking into account the recommendation of the GNCC.

        (a) Performance component

        The performance component of the plan is designed to reward participants for increasing earnings per share (EPS) over a three-year period. EPS was adopted as the performance measure in the performance component of the LTIP in 2012, replacing relative total shareholder return used in previous launches of LTIP. Earnings per share is defined in the terms of the LTIP as diluted earnings per share attributable to ABB shareholders calculated using Income from continuing operations, net of tax, unless the Board decides to calculate using Net income for a particular year.

        The payout is based on ABB's weighted cumulative EPS performance against predefined objectives. The weighted cumulative EPS is calculated as 33 percent of EPS in the first year plus 67 percent of EPS in the second year plus 100 percent of EPS in the third year. There is no payout if the lower threshold is not reached and payout is capped if performance exceeds the upper threshold. The payout factors are shown in the chart below.

        At each launch, participants are allocated a reference number of shares that is linked to a percentage of their base salary. In 2013, the percentages were 67 percent for the current CEO and 42 percent for the other members of the EC. As shown in the chart above, the payout can range from

98

---

Table of Contents

zero to 200 percent of the reference number of shares granted under the performance component. The payout at the end of the three-year period, if any, will be made in cash.

        (b) Historical payout of performance component

        Of the LTIPs launched since 2006 that have also vested, the only one whose performance component has paid out is the 2007 launch, under which participants, upon vesting, were entitled to receive 92 percent of the performance shares that they had been conditionally granted (see chart below).

        (c) Retention component

        The second component of the LTIP is designed to retain executives at ABB. Members of the EC are conditionally granted shares, which are awarded at the end of the vesting period, generally three years from grant date, subject to fulfillment of the vesting conditions.

        The reference grant size for the CEO is equivalent to 100 percent of base salary. The other EC members receive a grant from a pool whose reference size is equivalent to 65 percent of their combined base salaries. The Board allocates shares from this pool to each individual EC member, based on an assessment of their individual performance in the previous calendar year.

        The reference grant size for the CEO and the pool for the other EC members for any particular launch can each be increased or decreased by the Board by up to 25 percent, based on an assessment of ABB's performance over the three years preceding the launch of the plan. The assessment considers ABB's performance against its peers according to financial metrics (related to revenue growth, Operational EBITDA, P/E ratio, free cash flow, conversion ratio and share-price development) and non-financial measures (related to customer satisfaction, integrity, and health and safety).

        Based on its assessment of ABB's performance in the period 2010-2012 (particularly its NPS development and cash flow generation), the Board increased the size of the retention component in the 2013 LTIP by 5 percent in aggregate for all EC participants.

        EC members receive 70 percent of the payout in shares and the remainder in cash, unless they elect to receive 100 percent in shares.

(vi) Severance provisions

        Employment contracts for EC members contain notice periods of 12 months, during which they are entitled to compensation comprising their base salary, benefits and short-term variable compensation. Since January 1, 2013, contracts for new members of the EC no longer include a provision extending compensation for up to 12 additional months if their employment is terminated by

99

---

Table of Contents

ABB and if they do not find alternative employment within the notice period that pays at least 70 percent of their compensation.

EC compensation in 2013

        The tables in this section provide an overview of the total compensation of members of the EC in 2013, comprising cash compensation and share-based compensation. Cash compensation included the base salary, accrued short-term variable compensation for 2013, pension benefits, as well as other benefits comprising mainly social security and health insurance contributions. Share-based compensation includes grants under the LTIP and other share-based awards. The performance component of LTIPs is valued at grant using the ABB share price and Monte Carlo modeling, a mathematical technique that calculates a range of outcomes and the probability that they will occur. The model is an accepted simulation method under U.S. GAAP (the accounting standard used by ABB). The compensation is shown gross (before deduction of employee's social security and pension contributions).

        The base salary and benefits are fixed elements of the annual compensation packages, while the other components are variable. In 2013, fixed compensation represented 27 percent of the CEO's remuneration and an average of 32 percent for the other EC members. The ratio of fixed to variable components in any given year will depend on the performance of the individuals and of the company against predefined ABB performance objectives.

        For the EC, the total cash-based compensation was 29.0 million Swiss francs in 2013 compared with 30.3 million Swiss francs in 2012, while the value at grant of the conditional LTIP award compensation was 13.1 million Swiss francs in 2013 compared with 13.4 million Swiss francs in 2012.

100

---

Table of Contents

The difference in compensation is mainly attributable to changes in the composition of the EC during 2013.

101

---

Table of Contents

        Furthermore, in 2013, certain former EC members received contractual compensation for the period after leaving the EC, as shown in the table below. The compensation included the base salary, accrued short-term variable compensation for 2013, pension benefits, as well as other benefits comprising mainly social security and health insurance contributions. The compensation is shown gross (i.e. before deduction of employee's social insurance and pension contributions).

        Details of the share-based compensation granted to members of the EC during 2013 are provided in a table of their shareholdings in "ABB shareholdings of members of the Board and EC—EC ownership of ABB shares and options" below. Consistent with past practice, no loans or guarantees were granted to members of the EC in 2013.

        Members of the EC are eligible to participate in the Employee Share Acquisition Plan (ESAP), a savings plan based on stock options, which is open to employees around the world. Nine members of the EC participated in the 10th annual launch of the plan. EC members who participated in that launch are each entitled to acquire up to 440 ABB shares at 22.90 Swiss francs per share, the market share price at the start of that launch. In addition, to mark the 10-year anniversary of ESAP, for every 10 shares purchased at the end of the 10th ESAP, each participant will receive one ABB share for free.

        Members of the EC cannot participate in the Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Any MIP instruments—warrants, options and warrant appreciation rights (WARs)—held by EC members at December 31, 2013, (and disclosed in "ABB shareholdings of members of the Board and EC" below) were awarded to them as part of the compensation they received in earlier roles that they held in ABB.

        For a more detailed description of ESAP and MIP, please refer to "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

102

---

Table of Contents

Additional fees and remuneration

        In 2013, ABB did not pay any fees or remuneration to the members of the Board or the EC for services rendered to ABB other than those disclosed above. Except as disclosed in "Business relationships", ABB did not pay any additional fees or remuneration in 2013 to persons closely linked to a member of the Board or the EC for services rendered to ABB.

Compensation to former members of the Board and EC

        Except as disclosed above in "EC compensation in 2013", ABB did not make any payments in 2013 to a former member of the Board or the EC in connection with such role.

Change of control provisions

        Following the spirit of ABB's remuneration philosophy, none of ABB's Board members, EC members or members of senior management receives "golden parachutes" or other special benefits in the event of a change of control.

ABB shareholdings of members of the Board and EC

        The members of the Board and EC owned less than 1 percent of ABB's total shares outstanding at December 31, 2013.

Board ownership of ABB shares and options

        The table below shows the number of ABB shares held by each Board member:

        Except as described in this section, no member of the Board and no person closely linked to a member of the Board held any shares of ABB or options in ABB shares.

EC ownership of ABB shares and options

        As of December 31, 2013, EC members held the following number of ABB shares (or ADSs representing such shares), the conditional rights to receive shares under the LTIP, options and/or

103

---

Table of Contents

warrants (either vested or unvested as indicated) under the MIP, and unvested shares in respect of other compensation arrangements, as shown in the table below:

104

---

Table of Contents

        Furthermore, at December 31, 2013, the following members of the EC held vested WARs and conditionally granted ABB shares under the performance component of the LTIP 2013, 2012 and 2011, which at the time of vesting will be settled in cash.

        Except as described in this section, no member of the EC and no person closely linked to a member of the EC held any shares of ABB or options on ABB shares at December 31, 2013.

EMPLOYEES

        A breakdown of our employees by geographic region is as follows:

        The proportion of our employees that are represented by labor unions or are the subject of collective bargaining agreements varies based on the labor practices of each country in which we operate.

105

---

Table of Contents

Item 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

        At December 31, 2013, we had approximately 401,000 shareholders. Approximately 135,000 were U.S. holders, of which approximately 540 were record holders. Based on the share register, U.S. holders (including holders of ADSs) held approximately 10 percent of the total share capital and voting rights as registered in the Commercial Register on that date.

        For information on major shareholders see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Group structure and shareholders—Significant shareholders".

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Affiliates and associates

        In the normal course of our business, we purchase products from, sell products to and engage in other transactions with entities in which we hold an equity interest. The amounts involved in these transactions are not material to ABB Ltd. Also, in the normal course of our business, we engage in transactions with businesses that we have divested. We believe that the terms of the transactions we conduct with these companies are negotiated on an arm's length basis.

Key management personnel

        For information on important business relationships between ABB and its Board and EC members, or companies and organizations represented by them, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Business relationships".

Item 8.    Financial Information

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        See "Item 18. Financial Statements" for a list of financial statements contained in this Annual Report.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Antitrust

        Our cables business is under investigation for alleged anticompetitive practices in a number of jurisdictions, including Brazil and the European Union. In December 2013, we agreed with the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) to settle its ongoing investigation into our involvement in these anticompetitive practices and we agreed to pay a fine of approximately 1.5 million Brazilian reals (equivalent to approximately $1 million on date of payment). In the European Union, we have received the European Commission's Statement of Objections concerning its investigation into the cables business and in June 2012 participated in the related Oral Hearing. An informed judgment about the outcome of this investigation or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for ABB, if any, relating to this investigation cannot be made at this stage.

        In Brazil, our Gas Insulated Switchgear business is under investigation by the CADE for alleged anticompetitive practices. In addition, the CADE has opened an investigation into certain other power businesses of ABB, including FACTS and power transformers. An informed judgment about the outcome of these investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for ABB, if any, relating to these investigations cannot be made at this stage.

        In Italy, one of our recently acquired subsidiaries was raided in October 2013 by the Italian Antitrust Agency for alleged anticompetitive practices. An informed judgment about the outcome of

106

---

Table of Contents

this investigation or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for ABB, if any, relating to this investigation cannot be made at this stage.

        In September 2012, the German Antitrust Authority (Bundeskartellamt) fined one of our German subsidiaries euro 8.7 million (equivalent to approximately $11 million on date of payment) for its involvement in anticompetitive practices in the German power transformers business.

        With respect to those aforementioned matters which are still ongoing, management is cooperating fully with the antitrust authorities.

Suspect payments

        In April 2005, we voluntarily disclosed to the United States Department of Justice (DoJ) and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) certain suspect payments in our network management unit in the United States. Subsequently, we made additional voluntary disclosures to the DoJ and the SEC regarding suspect payments made by other ABB subsidiaries in a number of countries in the Middle East, Asia, South America and Europe (including to an employee of an Italian power generation company) as well as by our former Lummus business. These payments were discovered by us as a result of our internal audit program and compliance reviews.

        In September 2010, we reached settlements with the DoJ and the SEC regarding their investigations into these matters and into suspect payments involving certain of our subsidiaries in the United Nations Oil-for-Food Program. In connection with these settlements, we agreed to make payments to the DoJ and SEC totaling $58 million, which were settled in the fourth quarter of 2010. One subsidiary of ABB pled guilty to one count of conspiracy to violate the anti-bribery provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and one count of violating those provisions. We entered into a deferred prosecution agreement and settled civil charges brought by the SEC. These settlements resolved the foregoing investigations. In lieu of an external compliance monitor, the DoJ and SEC agreed to allow us to report on our continuing compliance efforts and the results of the review of our internal processes through September 2013. Further to the Fraud Section of the DoJ determining that ABB has fully complied with all its obligations under the deferred prosecution agreement, on October 1, 2013, the competent court in the U.S. agreed to dismiss all criminal charges against us in relation to these matters.

General

        In addition, we are aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against us and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, we are subject to other various legal proceedings, investigations, and claims that have not yet been resolved. With respect to the above-mentioned regulatory matters and commercial litigation contingencies, we will bear the costs of the continuing investigations and any related legal proceedings.

Liabilities recognized

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we had aggregate liabilities of $245 million and $211 million, respectively, included in "Other provisions" and "Other non-current liabilities", for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.

107

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

        See "Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy" and "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Shareholders' participation—Shareholders' dividend rights".

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

        Except as otherwise described in this Annual Report, there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2013.

Item 9.    The Offer and Listing

MARKETS

        The shares of ABB Ltd are principally traded on the SIX Swiss Exchange (under the symbol "ABBN") and on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange (under the symbol "ABB"). ADSs of ABB Ltd have been traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "ABB" since April 6, 2001. ABB Ltd's ADSs are issued under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated May 7, 2001, with Citibank, N.A. as depositary. Each ADS represents one share.

108

---

Table of Contents

TRADING HISTORY

        No suspension in the trading of our shares occurred in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

        The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing prices for the shares on SIX Swiss Exchange and the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange and for the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.

Item 10.    Additional Information

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

        This section summarizes the material provisions of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations relating to the shares of ABB Ltd. The description is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, a copy of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report, ABB Ltd's filings with the commercial registry of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) and Swiss statutory law.

109

---

Table of Contents

Registration and Business Purpose

        ABB Ltd was registered as a corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) in the commercial register of the Canton of Zurich (Switzerland) on March 5, 1999, under the name of "New ABB Ltd" and its name was subsequently changed to "ABB Ltd". Its commercial registry number is CH-020.3.021.615-2.

        ABB Ltd's purpose, as set forth in Article 2 of its Articles of Incorporation, is to hold interests in business enterprises, particularly in enterprises active in the areas of industry, trade and services. It may acquire, encumber, exploit or sell real estate and intellectual property rights in Switzerland and abroad and may also finance other companies. It may engage in all types of transactions and may take all measures that appear appropriate to promote, or that are related to, its purpose.

Our Shares

        ABB Ltd's shares are registered shares (Namenaktien) with a par value of CHF 1.03 each. The shares are fully paid and non-assessable. The shares rank pari passu in all respects with each other, including in respect of entitlements to dividends, to a share of the liquidation proceeds in the case of a liquidation of ABB Ltd, to advance subscription rights and to pre-emptive rights.

        Each share carries one vote in ABB Ltd's general shareholders' meeting. Voting rights may be exercised only after a shareholder has been recorded in ABB Ltd's share register (Aktienbuch) as a shareholder with voting rights, or with Euroclear Sweden AB in Sweden, which maintains a subregister of ABB Ltd's share register. Euroclear Sweden AB is an authorized central securities depository under the Swedish Act on Registration of Financial Instruments and carries out, among other things, the duties of registrar for Swedish companies listed on the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange. Registration with voting rights is subject to the restrictions described in "Transfer of Shares".

        The shares are not issued in certificated form and are held in collective custody at SIX SIS AG. Shareholders do not have the right to request printing and delivery of share certificates (aufgehobener Titeldruck), but may at any time request ABB Ltd to issue a confirmation of the number of registered shares held.

Capital Structure

        For a description of ABB Ltd's capital structure (including issued shares, contingent share capital and authorized share capital) and its dividend policy, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital structure" and "Item 3. Key Information—Dividends and dividend policy".

Transfer of Shares

        The transfer of shares is effected by corresponding entry in the books of a bank or depository institution. An acquirer of shares must file a share registration form in order to be registered in ABB Ltd's share register as a shareholder with voting rights. Failing such registration, the acquirer will not be able to participate in or vote at shareholders' meetings, but will be entitled to dividends, pre-emptive and advanced subscription rights, and liquidation proceeds.

        An acquirer of shares will be recorded in ABB Ltd's share register with voting rights upon disclosure of its name and address. However, ABB Ltd may decline a registration with voting rights if the shareholder does not declare that it has acquired the shares in its own name and for its own account. If the shareholder refuses to make such declaration, it will be registered as a shareholder without voting rights. A person failing to declare in its registration application that it holds shares for its own account (a nominee), will be entered in the share register with voting rights, provided that such nominee has entered into an agreement with ABB concerning its shares, and further provided that the nominee is subject to recognized bank or financial market supervision.

110

---

Table of Contents

        After having given the registered shareholder or nominee the right to be heard, the Board of Directors may cancel registrations in the share register retroactive to the date of registration if such registrations were made on the basis of incorrect information. The relevant shareholder or nominee will be informed promptly as to the cancellation. The Board of Directors will oversee the details and issue the instructions necessary for compliance with the preceding regulations. In special cases, it may grant exemptions from the rule concerning nominees.

        Acquirers of registered shares who have chosen to have their shares registered in the share register with Euroclear Sweden AB are not requested to file a share registration form or declare that they have acquired the shares in their own name and for their own account in order to be registered as a shareholder with voting rights. However, in order to be entitled to vote at a shareholders' meeting those acquirers need to be entered in the Euroclear Sweden AB share register in their own name no later than six business days prior to the shareholders' meeting. Uncertificated shares registered with Euroclear Sweden AB may be pledged in accordance with Swedish law.

        Except as described in this subsection, neither the Swiss Code of Obligations nor ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation limit any right to own ABB Ltd's shares, or any rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to exercise voting rights of ABB Ltd's shares.

Shareholders' Meetings

        Under Swiss law, the annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months after the end of ABB Ltd's fiscal year. Annual general meetings of shareholders are convened by the board of directors, liquidators or representatives of bondholders or, if necessary, by the statutory auditors. The board of directors is further required to convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders if so resolved by the shareholders in a general meeting of shareholders or if so requested by one or more shareholders holding in aggregate at least 10 percent of ABB Ltd's share capital. A general meeting of shareholders is convened by publishing a notice in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce (Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt) at least 20 days prior to the meeting date. Holders of Euroclear Sweden AB-registered shares are able to attend shareholders' meetings in respect of such shares. Notices of shareholders' meetings are published in at least three national Swedish daily newspapers, as well as on ABB's Web site. Such notices contain information as to procedures to be followed by shareholders in order to participate and exercise voting rights at the shareholders' meetings.

        One or more shareholders whose combined holdings represent an aggregate par value of at least CHF 412,000 may request in writing 40 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders that specific items and proposals be included on the agenda and voted on at the next general meeting of shareholders.

        The following powers are vested exclusively in the general meeting of the shareholders:

•

adoption and amendment of the articles of incorporation,



•

election of members of the board of directors and the auditors,



•

approval of the annual report and the consolidated financial statements,



•

approval of the annual financial statements and decision on the allocation of profits shown on the balance sheet, in particular with regard to dividends,



•

granting discharge to the members of the board of directors and the persons entrusted with management, and



•

passing resolutions as to all matters reserved to the authority of the shareholders' meeting by law or under the articles of incorporation or that are submitted to the shareholders' meeting by the board of directors to the extent permitted by law.

111

---

Table of Contents

        There is no provision in ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation requiring a quorum for the holding of shareholders' meetings.

        Resolutions and elections usually require the approval of an "absolute majority" of the shares represented at a shareholders' meeting (i.e. a majority of the shares represented at the shareholders' meeting with abstentions having the effect of votes against the resolution). If the first ballot fails to result in an election and more than one candidate is standing for election, the presiding officer will order a second ballot in which a relative majority (i.e. a majority of the votes) shall be decisive.

        A resolution passed with a qualified majority (at least two-thirds) of the shares represented at a shareholders' meeting is required for:

•

a modification of the purpose of ABB Ltd,



•

the creation of shares with increased voting powers,



•

restrictions on the transfer of registered shares and the removal of those restrictions,



•

restrictions on the exercise of the right to vote and the removal of those restrictions,



•

an authorized or conditional increase in share capital,



•

an increase in share capital through the conversion of capital surplus, through an in-kind contribution or in exchange for an acquisition of property, and the grant of special benefits,



•

the restriction or denial of pre-emptive rights,



•

a transfer of ABB Ltd's place of incorporation, and



•

ABB Ltd's dissolution.

        In addition, the introduction of any provision in the articles of incorporation providing for a qualified majority must be resolved in accordance with such qualified majority voting requirements.

        Pursuant to the Swiss Federal Merger Act, special quorum rules apply by law to a merger (Fusion) (including a possible squeeze-out merger), de-merger (Spaltung), or conversion (Umwandlung) of ABB Ltd.

        At shareholders' meetings, shareholders can be represented by proxy, but only by their legal representative, another shareholder with the right to vote, or an independent proxy designated by ABB Ltd (unabhängiger Stimmrechtsvertreter). All shares held by one shareholder may be represented by only one representative. Votes are taken on a show of hands unless a secret ballot is required by the general meeting of shareholders or the presiding officer. The presiding officer may arrange for resolutions and elections to be carried out by electronic means. As a result, resolutions and elections carried out by electronic means will be deemed to have the same effect as secret ballots. The presiding officer may at any time order that a resolution or election decided by a show of hands be repeated through a secret ballot if, in his view, the results of the vote are in doubt. In this case, the preceding decision by a show of hands shall be deemed to have not occurred.

        Only shareholders registered in ABB Ltd's share register with the right to vote are entitled to participate at shareholders' meetings. See "—Transfer of Shares". For practical reasons, shareholders must be registered in the share register with the right to vote no later than six business days prior to a shareholders' meeting in order to be entitled to participate and vote at such shareholders' meeting.

        Holders of Euroclear Sweden AB-registered shares are provided with financial and other information on ABB Ltd in the Swedish language in accordance with regulatory requirements and market practice. For shares that are registered in the system of Euroclear Sweden AB in the name of a nominee, such information is to be provided by the nominee.

112

---

Table of Contents

Pre-emptive Rights

        Shareholders of a Swiss corporation have certain pre-emptive rights to subscribe for new shares issued in connection with capital increases in proportion to the nominal amount of their shares held. A resolution adopted at a shareholders' meeting with a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented may, however, repeal, limit or suspend (or authorize the board of directors to repeal, limit or suspend) pre-emptive rights for cause. Cause includes an acquisition of a business or a part thereof, an acquisition of a participation in a company or the grant of shares to employees. In addition, based on Article 4bis para. 1 and para. 4 of the Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd, pre-emptive rights of the shareholders are excluded in connection with the issuance of convertible or warrant-bearing bonds or other financial market instruments, shares to employees of ABB issued out of ABB Ltd's contingent share capital or the grant of warrant rights to shareholders, or may be restricted or denied by the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd under certain circumstances as set forth in Article 4ter of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation. See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital Structure".

Advance Subscription Rights

        Shareholders of a Swiss corporation may have an advance subscription right with respect to bonds and other instruments issued in connection with options or conversion rights for shares if such option or conversion rights are based on the corporation's conditional capital. However, the shareholders' meeting can, with a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented at the meeting, exclude or restrict (or authorize the board of directors to exclude or restrict) such advance subscription rights for cause. See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Capital Structure—Contingent Share Capital".

Borrowing Power

        Neither Swiss law nor ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation restrict in any way ABB Ltd's power to borrow and raise funds. The decision to borrow funds is taken by or under the direction of the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, and no shareholders' resolution is required. The Articles of Incorporation of ABB Ltd do not contain provisions concerning borrowing powers exercisable by its directors or how such borrowings could be varied.

Repurchase of Shares

        Swiss law limits a corporation's ability to repurchase or hold its own shares. ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries may only repurchase shares if ABB Ltd has sufficient freely distributable reserves to pay the purchase price, and the aggregate nominal value of such shares does not exceed 10 percent of ABB Ltd's total share capital. Furthermore, ABB Ltd must create a special reserve on its balance sheet in the amount of the purchase price of the acquired shares. Such shares held by ABB Ltd or its subsidiaries do not carry any rights to vote at shareholders' meetings, but are entitled to the economic benefits applicable to the shares generally and are considered to be "outstanding" under Swiss law.

Notices

        Written communication by ABB Ltd to its shareholders will be sent by ordinary mail to the last address of the shareholder or authorized recipient entered in the share register. To the extent that personal notification is not mandated by law, all communications to the shareholders are validly made by publication in the Swiss Official Gazette of Commerce (Schweizerisches Handelsamtsblatt).

        Notices required under the Listing Rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange will be published in two Swiss newspapers in German and French. ABB Ltd or the SIX Swiss Exchange may also disseminate the relevant information on the online exchange information systems. Notices required under the listing rules of the NASDAQ OMX Stockholm Exchange will be published in three national daily Swedish newspapers, as well as on ABB's Web site.

113

---

Table of Contents

Duration, Liquidation and Merger

        The duration of ABB Ltd as a legal entity is unlimited. It may be dissolved at any time by a shareholders' resolution which must be approved by a supermajority of two-thirds of the shares represented at the general meeting of shareholders (this supermajority requirement applies in the event of a dissolution by way of liquidation or a merger where ABB Ltd is not the surviving entity). Dissolution by court order is possible if it becomes bankrupt or if holders of at least 10 percent of its share capital registered in the commercial register can establish cause for dissolution.

        Under Swiss law, any surplus arising out of a liquidation of a corporation (after the settlement of all claims of all creditors) is distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the paid-up par value of shares held, but this surplus is subject to Swiss withholding tax of 35 percent (see "—Taxation").

Disclosure of Major Shareholders

        Under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who directly or indirectly acquire or sell shares of a listed Swiss corporation or rights based thereon and thereby reach, exceed or fall below the thresholds of 3 percent, 5 percent, 10 percent, 15 percent, 20 percent, 25 percent, 33¹/3 percent, 50 percent or 66²/3 percent of the voting rights of the corporation must notify the corporation and the exchange(s) in Switzerland on which such shares are listed of such holdings in writing within four trading days, whether or not the voting rights can be exercised. Following receipt of such a notification, the corporation must inform the public within two trading days.

        An additional disclosure requirement exists under the Swiss Code of Obligations, according to which ABB Ltd must disclose individual shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert and their shareholdings if they hold more than 5 percent of all voting rights and ABB Ltd knows or has reason to know of such major shareholders. Such disclosures must be made once a year in the notes to the financial statements as published in its annual report. For a list of our major shareholders, see "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Major Shareholders".

Mandatory Offering Rules

        Under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act, shareholders and groups of shareholders acting in concert who acquire more than 33¹/3 percent of the voting rights (whether exercisable or not) of a listed Swiss company have to submit a takeover bid to all remaining shareholders unless the articles of incorporation of the company provide for an alteration of this obligation. ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation do not provide for any alterations of the bidder's obligations under the Swiss Stock Exchange Act. The mandatory offer obligation may be waived under certain circumstances, for example if another shareholder owns a higher percentage of voting rights than the acquiror. A waiver from the mandatory bid rules may be granted by the Swiss Takeover Board or the Swiss Federal Banking Commission. If no waiver is granted, the mandatory takeover bid must be made pursuant to the procedural rules set forth in the Swiss Stock Exchange Act and the implementing ordinances.

        Other than the rules discussed in this section and in the section above entitled "—Duration, Liquidation and Merger" and "—Shareholders' Meetings" (which reflect mandatory provisions of Swiss law), no provision of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring of ABB (or any of our subsidiaries) and have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of ABB.

Cancellation of Remaining Equity Securities

        Under Swiss law, any offeror who has made a tender offer for the shares of a Swiss target company and who, as a result of such offer, holds more than 98 percent of the voting rights of the target company, may petition the court to cancel the remaining equity securities. The corresponding

114

---

Table of Contents

petition must be filed against the target company within three months after the lapse of the offer period. The remaining shareholders may join in the proceedings. If the court orders cancellation of the remaining equity securities, the target company will reissue the equity securities and deliver such securities to the offeror against performance of the offer for the benefit of the holders of the cancelled equity securities.

Directors and Officers

        For further information regarding the material provisions of ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation and the Swiss Code of Obligations regarding directors and officers, see "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Corporate Governance—Duties of directors and officers".

Auditors

        The auditors are elected by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, their term of office is one year.

        Ernst & Young AG, Switzerland, assumed the sole auditing mandate of the consolidated financial statements of the ABB Group beginning in the year ended December 31, 2001 (having previously been joint auditors since 1994). Ernst & Young AG has been the independent auditor of ABB Ltd and the ABB Group for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The auditor in charge and responsible for the mandate, Leslie Clifford, began serving in this capacity in respect of the financial year ended December 31, 2013.

        See "Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services" for information regarding the fees paid to Ernst & Young AG.

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

        The following descriptions of the material provisions of the referenced agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in their entirety by reference to, the agreements which have been filed as exhibits to this Annual Report.

Revolving Credit Facility

        In October 2012, ABB entered into a second amendment to its unsecured syndicated $2-billion three-year revolving credit facility that was originally entered into in October 2009. For a description of the facility, see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities" and "Note 12 Debt" to our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.

Baldor Electric Merger Agreement

        In November 2010, ABB Ltd, Baldor Electric Company, and Brock Acquisition Corporation, one of our subsidiaries, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of November 29, 2010, pursuant to which Brock Acquisition Corporation agreed to make a tender offer for $63.50 per share in cash for the outstanding shares of Baldor Electric Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Baldor Electric Company with the SEC on November 30, 2010). The tender offer was completed in January 2011. See Exhibit 4.2 to this Annual Report.

Thomas & Betts Merger Agreement

        In January 2012, ABB Ltd, Edison Acquisition Corporation, one of our subsidiaries, and Thomas & Betts Corporation entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 29, 2012, pursuant to which Edison Acquisition Corporation agreed to acquire the outstanding shares of

115

---

Table of Contents

Thomas & Betts Corporation for $72 per share in cash. The acquisition was completed in May 2012. See Exhibit 4.3 to this Annual Report.

Notes Indenture

        On May 8, 2012, ABB's subsidiary, ABB Finance (USA) Inc., issued $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 1.625% notes due 2017, $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.875% notes due 2022 and $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.375% notes due 2042 under an Indenture, dated as of May 8, 2012, among ABB Finance (USA) Inc., ABB and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the "Indenture"). Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, ABB has fully and unconditionally guaranteed payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the notes. See Exhibit 4.4 to this Annual Report.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

        Other than in connection with Swiss government sanctions imposed on Belarus, Cote d'Ivoire, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Eritrea, Guinea, Iran, Iraq, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Myanmar, North Korea, Republic of Guinea-Bissau, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Zimbabwe, certain persons from the former Federal Republic of Yugoslavia and persons and organizations with connection to Osama bin Laden, the "al Qaeda" group or the Taliban and certain persons connected with the assassination of Rafik Hariri, there are currently no laws, decrees or regulations in Switzerland that restrict the export or import of capital, including, but not limited to, Swiss foreign exchange controls on payment of dividends, interest or liquidation proceeds, if any, to non-Swiss resident holders of shares. In addition, there are no limitations imposed by Swiss law or ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation on the rights of non-Swiss residents or non-Swiss citizens as shareholders to hold shares or to vote.

TAXATION

Swiss Taxation

Withholding Tax on Dividends and Distributions

        Dividends paid and similar cash or in-kind distributions that we make to a holder of shares or ADSs (including dividends on liquidation proceeds and stock dividends and taxable income resulting from partial liquidation) are subject to a Swiss federal withholding tax at a rate of 35 percent. A repurchase of shares by us for the purpose of a capital reduction is defined as a partial liquidation of the Company. In this case, the difference between the nominal value of the shares and their repurchase price is qualified as taxable income. The same would be true upon a repurchase of shares if we were not to dispose of the repurchased shares within six years after the repurchase, or if 10 percent of outstanding shares were exceeded. We must withhold the tax from the gross distribution and pay it to the Swiss Federal Tax Administration. A reduction of the shares' nominal value by means of a capital reduction does not represent a dividend or similar distribution for purposes of Swiss withholding tax. As a result of the Swiss corporate tax reform II entered into force on January 1, 2011, qualifying contributions from the shareholders exceeding the nominal share capital can be distributed without deduction of Swiss withholding tax.

Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents

        The Convention between the Swiss Confederation and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation with Respect to Taxes on Income, which entered into force on December 19, 1997 and which we will refer to in the following discussion as the Treaty, allows U.S. resident individuals or U.S. corporations to seek a refund of the Swiss withholding tax paid on dividends in respect of our shares or ADSs if they qualify for benefits under the Treaty. U.S. resident individuals and U.S. corporations holding less than 10 percent of the voting rights in respect of our

116

---

Table of Contents

shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld exceeds 15 percent of the gross dividend. U.S. corporations holding 10 percent or more of the voting rights of our shares or ADSs are entitled to seek a refund of withholding tax to the extent the tax withheld exceeds 5 percent of the gross dividend. Qualifying U.S. pension or other retirement arrangements that do not control the Company are entitled to seek a full refund of withholding tax.

        Claims for refunds must be filed with the Swiss Federal Tax Administration, Eigerstrasse 65, 3003 Bern, Switzerland, no later than December 31 of the third year following the calendar year in which the dividend or similar distribution became payable. The form used for obtaining a refund is Swiss Tax Form 82 (82C for companies; 82E for other entities; 82I for individuals; 82R for regulated investment companies (RICs)). This form may be obtained from any Swiss Consulate General in the United States or from the Swiss Federal Tax Administration at the address above. The form must be filled out in triplicate with each copy duly completed and signed before a notary public in the United States. The form must be accompanied by evidence of the deduction of withholding tax withheld at the source (including tax voucher issued by the custodian bank).

Stamp Duties upon Transfer of Securities

        The sale of shares or ADSs, whether by Swiss resident or non-resident holders, may be subject to a Swiss securities transfer stamp duty of up to 0.15 percent calculated on the sale proceeds if it occurs through or with a Swiss bank or other Swiss securities dealer as defined in the Swiss Federal Stamp Tax Act. In addition to the stamp duty, the sale of shares or ADSs by or through a member of the SIX Swiss Exchange may be subject to a stock exchange levy.

United States Taxes

        The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership by U.S. holders (defined below) of shares or ADSs. This summary does not purport to address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of shares or ADSs. This summary assumes that U.S. holders hold shares or ADSs as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as U.S. expatriates, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, partnerships owning shares or ADSs, tax-exempt entities, banks and other financial institutions, regulated investment companies, traders in securities that elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting, insurance companies, holders that own (or are deemed to own) at least 10 percent or more (by voting power or value) of the stock of ABB, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that will hold shares or ADSs as part of a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction for U.S. tax purposes and persons who are not U.S. holders. This discussion does not address aspects of U.S. taxation other than U.S. federal income taxation, nor does it address state, local or foreign tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs.

        This summary is based (i) on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury Regulations and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, in each case as in effect and available on the date of this registration statement and (ii) in part, on representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. The U.S. tax laws and the interpretation thereof are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

        For purposes of this summary, a U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:

•

a citizen or resident of the United States,

117

---

Table of Contents

•

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state, including the District of Columbia,



•

an estate if its income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or



•

a trust if such trust validly has elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and (ii) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions.

        If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs, the treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that holds shares or ADSs you should consult your tax advisor.

        Each prospective purchaser should consult the purchaser's tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of shares or ADSs.

Ownership of ADSs in General

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by the ADSs.

        The U.S. Treasury Department has expressed concern that depositaries for American depositary receipts, or other intermediaries between the holders of shares of an issuer and the issuer, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of U.S. foreign tax credits by U.S. holders of those receipts or shares. Accordingly, the analysis regarding the availability of a U.S. foreign tax credit for Swiss taxes and sourcing rules described below could be affected by future actions that may be taken by the U.S. Treasury Department.

Distributions

        In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the gross amount of any distribution (other than certain distributions, if any, of shares distributed to all shareholders of ABB, including holders of ADSs) made to you with respect to shares or ADSs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the distribution, will constitute dividends to the extent of ABB's current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles).

        Non-corporate U.S. holders generally will be taxed on such distributions at the lower rates applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) with respect to distributions during 2013, provided that the U.S. holder meets certain holding period and other requirements and provided that such distributions constitute "qualified dividends" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Distributions treated as dividends will not be treated as "qualified dividends" if we were to be treated as a "passive foreign investment company" (a "PFIC") for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the year that the dividend is paid or in the year prior to the year that the dividend is paid. Based on certain estimates of its gross income and gross assets and the nature of its business, ABB believes that it will not be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2013. ABB's status in future years will depend on its assets and activities in those years. ABB has no reason to believe that its assets or activities will change in a manner that would cause it to be classified as a PFIC. However, as PFIC status is a factual matter that must be determined annually at the close of each taxable year, there can be no certainty regarding ABB's PFIC status in any particular year until the end of that year. U.S. holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability to them of the reduced dividend rate in light of their own particular circumstances and the consequences to them if ABB were to be treated as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year.

118

---

Table of Contents

        Dividends paid to U.S. corporate holders will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

        If you are a U.S. holder and distributions with respect to shares or ADSs exceed ABB's current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, then the excess generally would be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the shares or ADSs. Any amount in excess of the amount of the dividend and the return of capital generally would be treated as capital gain. ABB does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends paid in Swiss francs, including the amount of any Swiss taxes withheld from the dividends, will be included in your gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Swiss francs calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are includible in income. In the case of ADSs, dividends generally are includible in income on the date they are received by the depositary, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If dividends paid in Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are includible in income, then you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to the conversion. However, any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of Swiss francs between the time of the receipt of dividends paid in Swiss francs and the time the Swiss francs are converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss to you, as the case may be. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of the property on the date of distribution.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then you will have a basis in any Swiss francs received as a refund of Swiss withholding taxes equal to a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt of the dividend on which the tax was withheld. See "—Swiss Taxation—Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents" above.

        If you are a U.S. holder, then dividends received by you with respect to shares or ADSs will be treated as foreign source income, which may be relevant in calculating your foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Swiss tax withheld on dividends may be deducted from your taxable income or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability. However, to the extent that you would be entitled to a refund of Swiss withholding taxes pursuant to the U.S.-Switzerland tax treaty, you may not be eligible for a U.S. foreign tax credit with respect to the amount of such withholding taxes which may be refunded, even if you fail to claim the refund. See "—Swiss Taxation—Obtaining a Refund of Swiss Withholding Tax for U.S. Residents". The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by ABB generally will constitute passive income, or, in the case of certain U.S. holders, financial services income. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisor to determine whether and to what extent you would be entitled to this credit.

Sale or Exchange of Shares or ADSs

        If you are a U.S. holder that holds shares or ADSs as capital assets, then you generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon a sale or exchange of your shares or ADSs in an amount equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the shares or ADSs and the amount realized on their disposition. If you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to the gain is generally lower than the maximum marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (other than certain dividends) if your holding period for the shares or ADSs exceeds one year (i.e., long-term capital gains). If you are a U.S. holder, then the gain or loss, if any, recognized by you generally will be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as the case may be, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

119

---

Table of Contents

        If you are a U.S. holder and you receive any foreign currency on the sale of shares or ADSs, then you may recognize U.S. source ordinary income or loss as a result of currency fluctuations between the date of the sale of the shares or ADSs, as the case may be, and the date the sales proceeds are converted into U.S. dollars.

Medicare Tax

        For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts must pay a 3.8 percent tax on the lesser of (i) the U.S. holder's "net investment income" for the relevant taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. holder's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A U.S. holder's net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of shares or ADSs, unless such income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in shares or ADSs.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        U.S. backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements generally apply to certain payments to certain non-corporate holders of stock. Information reporting generally will apply to payments of dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs made within the United States to a holder of shares or ADSs (other than an exempt recipient, including a corporation, a payee that is not a U.S. holder that provides an appropriate certification, and certain other persons).

        A payor will be required to withhold backup withholding tax from any payments of dividends on, or the proceeds from the sale or redemption of, shares or ADSs within the United States to you, unless you are an exempt recipient, if you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fail to establish an exception from backup withholding tax requirements. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished timely to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The current backup withholding tax rate is 28 percent.

        THE ABOVE SUMMARIES ARE NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSEQUENCES RELATING TO THE OWNERSHIP OF SHARES OR ADSs. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF SHARES OR ADSs SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

        We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this Annual Report and the exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Further information on the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a Web site at www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Our annual reports and some of the other information we submit to the SEC may be accessed through this Web site. In addition,

120

---

Table of Contents

material that we file can be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market Risk Disclosure

        The continuously evolving financial markets and the dynamic business environment expose us to changes in foreign exchange, interest rate and other market price risks. We have developed and implemented comprehensive policies, procedures, and controls to identify, mitigate, and monitor financial risk on a firm-wide basis. To efficiently aggregate and manage financial risks that could impact our financial performance, we operate a Group Treasury function. Our Group Treasury function provides an efficient source of liquidity, financing, risk management and other global financial services to the ABB Group companies. Our policies do not allow our Group companies to perform speculative trading. Market risk management activities are focused on mitigating material financial risks resulting from our global operating and financing activities.

        The Group Treasury function maintains risk management control systems to monitor foreign exchange and interest rate risks and exposures arising from our underlying business, as well as the associated hedge positions. Such exposures are governed by written policies. Financial risks are monitored using a number of analytical techniques including market value and sensitivity analysis. The following quantitative analyses are based on sensitivity analysis tests, which assume parallel shifts of interest rate yield curves, and foreign exchange rates and equity prices.

Currency Fluctuations and Foreign Exchange Risk

        It is our policy to identify and manage all transactional foreign exchange exposures to minimize risk. With the exception of certain financing subsidiaries and to the extent certain operating subsidiaries are domiciled in high inflation environments, the functional currency of each of our companies is considered to be its local currency. Our policies require our subsidiaries to hedge all contracted foreign exchange exposures, as well as a portion of their forecast exposures, against their local currency. These transactions are undertaken mainly with our Group Treasury function.

        We have foreign exchange transaction exposures related to our global operating and financing activities in currencies other than the functional currency in which our entities operate. Specifically, we are exposed to foreign exchange risk related to future earnings, assets or liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The most significant currency exposures relate to operations in Germany, Sweden and Switzerland. In addition, we are exposed to currency risk associated with translating our functional currency financial statements into our reporting currency, which is the U.S. dollar.

        Our operating companies are responsible for identifying their foreign currency exposures and entering into intercompany derivative contracts with the Group Treasury function, where legally possible, to hedge their exposures. Where local laws restrict our operating companies from entering into intercompany derivatives with the Group Treasury function, derivative contracts are entered into locally with third-party financial institutions. The intercompany transactions have the effect of transferring the operating companies' currency risk to the Group Treasury function, but create no additional market risks on a consolidated basis. The Group Treasury function then manages this risk by entering into offsetting transactions with third-party financial institutions. According to our policy, material net currency exposures are required to be hedged and are primarily hedged with forward foreign exchange contracts. The majority of the foreign exchange hedge instruments have, on average, a maturity of less than twelve months. The Group Treasury function also hedges currency risks arising from monetary intercompany balances, primarily related to Group Treasury's financing of other ABB companies.

121

---

Table of Contents

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net fair value of financial instruments with exposure to foreign currency rate movements was $(3,658) million and $(2,448) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in foreign exchange rates against our position would be approximately $632 million and $718 million for December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The analysis reflects the aggregate adverse foreign exchange impact associated with transaction exposures, as well as translation exposures where appropriate. Our sensitivity analysis assumes a simultaneous shift in exchange rates against our positions exposed to foreign exchange risk and as such assumes an unlikely adverse case scenario. Exchange rates rarely move in the same direction. Therefore, the assumption of a simultaneous shift may overstate the impact of changing rates on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The underlying trade-related transaction exposures of the industrial companies are not included in the quantitative analysis. If these underlying transaction exposures were included, they would tend to have an offsetting effect on the potential loss in fair value detailed above.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to interest rate risk due to our financing, investing, and liquidity management activities. Our operating companies primarily invest excess cash with, and receive funding from, our Group Treasury function on an arm's length basis. It is our policy that the primary third-party funding and investing activities, as well as the monitoring and management of the resulting interest rate risk, are the responsibility of the Group Treasury function. The Group Treasury function adjusts the duration of the overall funding portfolio through derivative instruments in order to better match underlying assets and liabilities, as well as minimize the cost of capital.

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net fair value of instruments subject to interest rate risk was $(1,583) million and $(2,122) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such instruments from a hypothetical 100 basis points parallel shift in interest rates against our position (or a multiple of 100 basis points where 100 basis points is less than 10 percent of the interest rate) would be approximately $312 million and $550 million, for December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease in interest rate risk is primarily due to the hedging of certain outstanding bonds.

        Leases are not included as part of the sensitivity analysis. This represents a limitation of the analysis. While sensitivity analysis includes the interest rate sensitivity of the funding of the lease portfolio, a corresponding change in the lease portfolio was not considered in the sensitivity model.

Equity Risk

        Certain of our entities have equity investments that expose us to equity price risk. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net fair value of equity risk sensitive instruments was $156 million and $29 million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value of such financial instruments from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying equity prices against our position would be approximately $27 million and $9 million, for December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Included in the net fair value and potential loss in fair value figures for equity risk are derivative instruments designated as hedges of warrant appreciation rights granted to employees under our management incentive plans (see "Note 18 Share-based payment arrangements" to our Consolidated Financial Statements). As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of such instruments included in the total net fair value of equity risk sensitive instruments was $56 million and $26 million, respectively, and the corresponding amount of potential loss in fair value was $17 million and $9 million, respectively. The liabilities relating to the warrant appreciation rights are not included as part of the sensitivity analysis. If such liabilities being hedged were included, they would tend to have an offsetting effect on the potential loss in fair value.

122

---

Table of Contents

Commodity Risk

        We enter into commodity derivatives to hedge certain of our raw material exposures. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the net fair value of commodity derivatives was $(8) million and $(6) million, respectively. The potential loss in fair value for such commodity hedging derivatives from a hypothetical adverse 10 percent move against our position in the underlying commodity prices would be approximately $39 million and $46 million for December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A significant proportion of our commodity derivatives are denominated in euro. The foreign exchange risk arising on such contracts has been excluded from the calculation of the potential loss in fair value from a hypothetical 10 percent move in the underlying commodity prices as disclosed above.

Item 12.    Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

American Depositary Shares

        Depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly-issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn may charge these transaction fees to their clients.

        Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date. The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., stock dividends, rights offerings), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or un-certificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts via the central clearing and settlement system, The Depository Trust Company (DTC), the depositary bank, generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients' ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients' accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

        In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set-off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

Depositary Payments

        In 2013, we received reimbursements from Citibank N.A., the Depositary Bank of our ADS program, of approximately $4 million to help cover costs related to our ADS program. Those costs, in addition to costs associated with compliance with U.S. securities laws, include expenses such as listing fees, proxy expenses, printing and distribution of reports, and other investor relations-related activities.

PART II

Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

        Not applicable

Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

        Not applicable

123

---

Table of Contents

Item 15.    Controls and Procedures

(a)

Disclosure controls and procedures

        We maintain controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act, Rule 13a-15(e)) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported on a timely basis. Our Chief Executive Officer, Ulrich Spiesshofer, and Chief Financial Officer, Eric Elzvik, with the participation of key corporate senior management and management of key corporate functions, performed an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013. Based on that evaluation, management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act has been recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

(b)

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.

        The Board of Directors and management of the ABB Group are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The ABB Group's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of the published Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

        Ernst & Young AG, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of the ABB Group's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which is included in Item 18. Financial Statements.

(c)

Changes in internal control.

        In 2010, ABB started an initiative to standardize the internal control over financial reporting across its Shared Accounting Services Centers. This initiative was completed and a set of standard controls was identified for implementation. In 2013, ABB launched new end-to-end processes which regroup existing controls into a simplified structure and aim to strengthen the overall design and operational effectiveness of ABB's internal control over financial reporting. This initiative is part of ABB's continuous improvement of its internal control environment.

Item 15T.    Controls and Procedures

        Not applicable

124

---

Table of Contents

Item 16A.    Audit Committee Financial Expert

        Our Board of Directors has determined that Louis R. Hughes, Jacob Wallenberg and Roger Agnelli, who serve on our audit committee, are independent, as that term is defined in the listing standards promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange, and are audit committee financial experts.

Item 16B.    Code of Ethics

        Our chief executive officer, chief financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions are bound to adhere to our Code of Conduct, which applies to all employees of all companies in the ABB Group. Our Code of Conduct is available on our Web site in the section "Corporate governance" at www.abb.com/investorrelations

Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Audit Fees

        Fees for audit services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $29.9 million and $28.6 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Audit fees include the standard audit work performed each fiscal year necessary to allow the auditor to issue an opinion on our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the integrated audit of internal controls over financial reporting) and to issue an opinion on the local statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries. Audit fees also include services that can be provided only by the ABB Group auditor such as pre-issuance reviews of quarterly financial results and comfort letters delivered to underwriters in connection with debt and equity offerings.

Audit-Related Fees

        Fees for audit-related services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $1.2 million and $3.0 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, consisting primarily of accounting consultations, audits of pension and benefit plans, and accounting advisory services.

Tax Fees

        Fees for tax services provided by Ernst & Young totaled approximately $2.9 million and $3.2 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, representing tax compliance fees as well as tax advice and planning fees.

All Other Fees

        Fees for other services provided by Ernst & Young, not included in the above three categories, totaled approximately $0.5 million and $1.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Pre-Approval Procedures and Policies

        In accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules issued by the SEC, we utilize a procedure for the review and pre-approval of any services performed by Ernst & Young. The procedure requires that all proposed engagements of Ernst & Young for audit and permitted non-audit services are submitted to the FACC for approval prior to the beginning of any such services. In accordance with this policy, all services performed by and fees paid to Ernst & Young in 2013 and 2012, as discussed above in this Item 16C, were approved by the FACC.

Item 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

        None

125

---

Table of Contents

Item 16E.    Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer & Affiliated Purchasers

        During 2013, no purchases of ABB Ltd equity securities were made by ABB on the open market.

Item 16F.    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

        Not applicable

Item 16G.    Corporate Governance

        See "Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Principles of Corporate Governance—General Principles" for significant ways in which ABB's corporate governance practices differ from the New York Stock Exchange's standards.

Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure

        Not applicable

PART III

Item 17.    Financial Statements

        We have elected to provide financial statements and the related information pursuant to Item 18.

Item 18.    Financial Statements

        See pages F-1 to F-83, which are incorporated herein by reference. All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

126

---

Table of Contents

Item 19.    Exhibits

127

---

Table of Contents

128

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F/A and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

Date: March 7, 2014.

129

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of management on internal control over financial reporting

        The Board of Directors and management of ABB Ltd and its consolidated subsidiaries ("ABB") are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ABB's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of the published Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with ABB's policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that ABB's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

        Ernst & Young AG, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an opinion on the effectiveness of ABB's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, which is included on page F-4 of this Annual Report.

Zurich, March 7, 2014

F-2

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ABB Ltd as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's Board of Directors and management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ABB Ltd at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), ABB Ltd's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) and our report dated March 7, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

Zurich, Switzerland
March 7, 2014

F-3

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ABB Ltd:

        We have audited ABB Ltd's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 framework) (the COSO criteria). ABB Ltd's Board of Directors and management are responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and management is responsible for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of management on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, ABB Ltd maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2013 consolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd and our report dated March 7, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young AG

Zurich, Switzerland
March 7, 2014

F-4

---

Table of Contents

ABB Ltd

Consolidated Income Statements

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions, except per share data in $)

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-5

---

Table of Contents

ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions)

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

---

Table of Contents

ABB Ltd

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31 ($ in millions, except share data)

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

---

Table of Contents

ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Year ended December 31 ($ in millions)

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

---

Table of Contents

ABB Ltd

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 ($ in millions)

   

See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

---

Table of Contents

Note 1—The Company

        ABB Ltd and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) together form a leading global company in power and automation technologies that enable utility and industry customers to improve their performance while lowering environmental impact. The Company works with customers to engineer and install networks, facilities and plants with particular emphasis on enhancing efficiency, reliability and productivity for customers who generate, convert, transmit, distribute and consume energy.

        The Company has a global integrated risk management process. Once a year, the Board of Directors of ABB Ltd performs a risk assessment in accordance with the Company's risk management processes and discusses appropriate actions, if necessary.

Note 2—Significant accounting policies

        The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Basis of presentation

        The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with United States of America (United States or U.S.) generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and are presented in United States dollars ($ or USD) unless otherwise stated. The par value of capital stock is denominated in Swiss francs.

Scope of consolidation

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of ABB Ltd and companies which are directly or indirectly controlled by ABB Ltd. Additionally, the Company consolidates variable interest entities if it has determined that it is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated. Investments in joint ventures and affiliated companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies (generally through direct or indirect ownership of 20 percent to 50 percent of the voting rights), are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting.

Reclassifications

        Certain amounts reported for prior years in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. These changes primarily relate to current liabilities, where amounts previously reported in "Employee and other payables" and "Accrued expenses" have been reclassified to "Other provisions" and "Other current liabilities".

Operating cycle

        A portion of the Company's activities (primarily long-term construction activities) has an operating cycle that exceeds one year. For classification of current assets and liabilities related to such activities, the Company elected to use the duration of the individual contracts as its operating cycle. Accordingly, there are accounts receivable, inventories and provisions related to these contracts which will not be realized within one year that have been classified as current.

Use of estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make assumptions and estimates that directly affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial

F-10

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Statements and the accompanying Notes. The most significant, difficult and subjective of such accounting assumptions and estimates include:

•

assumptions and projections, principally related to future material, labor and project-related overhead costs, used in determining the percentage-of-completion on projects,



•

estimates of loss contingencies associated with litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries, environmental damages, product warranties, regulatory and other proceedings,



•

assumptions used in the calculation of pension and postretirement benefits and the fair value of pension plan assets,



•

recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities (including the measurement of uncertain tax positions),



•

growth rates, discount rates and other assumptions used in testing goodwill for impairment,



•

assumptions used in determining inventory obsolescence and net realizable value,



•

estimates and assumptions used in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities assumed in business combinations,



•

growth rates, discount rates and other assumptions used to determine impairment of long-lived assets, and



•

assessment of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

        The actual results and outcomes may differ from the Company's estimates and assumptions.

Cash and equivalents

        Cash and equivalents include highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

        Currency and other local regulatory limitations related to the transfer of funds exist in a number of countries where the Company operates. Funds, other than regular dividends, fees or loan repayments, cannot be readily transferred abroad from these countries and are therefore deposited and used for working capital needs locally. These funds are included in cash and equivalents as they are not considered restricted.

Marketable securities and short-term investments

        Management determines the appropriate classification of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities at the time of purchase. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for accretion of discounts or amortization of premiums to maturity computed under the effective interest method. Such accretion or amortization is included in "Interest and dividend income". Marketable debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity and equity securities that have readily determinable fair values are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value.

        Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from the determination of earnings and are instead recognized in the "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" component of stockholders' equity, net of tax, until realized. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are computed based upon the historical cost of these securities, using the specific identification method.

F-11

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Marketable debt securities are generally classified as either "Cash and equivalents" or "Marketable securities and short-term investments" according to their maturity at the time of acquisition.

        Marketable equity securities are generally classified as "Marketable securities and short-term investments", however any marketable securities held as a long-term investment rather than as an investment of excess liquidity, are classified as "Other non-current assets".

        The Company performs a periodic review of its debt and equity securities to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Generally, when an individual security has been in an unrealized loss position for an extended period of time, the Company evaluates whether an impairment has occurred. The evaluation is based on specific facts and circumstances at the time of assessment, which include general market conditions, and the duration and extent to which the fair value is below cost.

        If the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost, then an other-than-temporary impairment for the difference is recognized if (i) the Company has the intent to sell the security, (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost base or (iii) a credit loss exists insofar as the Company does not expect to recover the entire recognized amortized cost of the security. Such impairment charges are generally recognized in "Interest and other finance expense". If the impairment is due to factors other than credit losses, and the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security's amortized cost, such impairment charges are recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        In addition, for equity securities, the Company assesses whether the cost value will recover within the near-term and whether the Company has the intent and ability to hold that equity security until such recovery occurs. If an other-than-temporary impairment is identified, the security is written down to its fair value and the related losses are recognized in "Interest and other finance expense", unless the impairment relates to equity securities classified as "Other non-current assets", in which case the impairment is reported in "Other income (expense), net".

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

        Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount. The Company has a group-wide policy on the management of credit risk. The policy includes a credit assessment methodology to assess the creditworthiness of customers and assign to those customers a risk category. Third-party agencies' ratings are considered, if available. For customers where agency ratings are not available, the customer's most recent financial statements, payment history and other relevant information are considered in the assignment to a risk category. Customers are assessed at least annually or more frequently when information on significant changes in the customers' financial position becomes known. In addition to the assignment to a risk category, a credit limit per customer is set.

        The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Company determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience and customer specific data. If an amount has not been settled within its contractual payment term then it is considered past due. The Company reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts regularly and past due balances are reviewed for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the related allowance when the Company believes that the amount will not be recovered.

        The Company, in its normal course of business, transfers receivables to third parties, generally without recourse. The transfer is accounted for as a sale when the Company has surrendered control over the receivables. Control is deemed to have been surrendered when (i) the transferred receivables

F-12

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

have been put presumptively beyond the reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (ii) the third-party transferees have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred receivables, and (iii) the Company has relinquished effective control over the transferred receivables and does not retain the ability or obligation to repurchase or redeem the transferred receivables. At the time of sale, the sold receivables are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related cash inflows are classified as operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Costs associated with the sale of receivables, including the related gains and losses from the sales, are included in "Interest and other finance expense". Transfers of receivables that do not meet the requirements for treatment as sales are accounted for as secured borrowings and the related cash flows are classified as financing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Concentrations of credit risk

        The Company sells a broad range of products, systems and services to a wide range of industrial, commercial and utility customers as well as various government agencies and quasi-governmental agencies throughout the world. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited, as the Company's customer base is comprised of a large number of individual customers. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial positions are performed to determine whether the use of credit support instruments such as guarantees, letters of credit or credit insurance are necessary; collateral is not generally required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses as discussed above in "Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts". Such losses, in the aggregate, are in line with the Company's expectations.

        It is the Company's policy to invest cash in deposits with banks throughout the world with certain minimum credit ratings and in high quality, low risk, liquid investments. The Company actively manages its credit risk by routinely reviewing the creditworthiness of the banks and the investments held, as well as maintaining such investments in time deposits or other liquid investments. The Company has not incurred significant credit losses related to such investments.

        The Company's exposure to credit risk on derivative financial instruments is the risk that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations. To reduce this risk, the Company has credit policies that require the establishment and periodic review of credit limits for individual counterparties. In addition, the Company has entered into close-out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties. Close-out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre-defined trigger events. In the Consolidated Financial Statements derivative transactions are presented on a gross basis.

Revenue recognition

        The Company generally recognizes revenues for the sale of goods when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. With regards to the sale of products, delivery is not considered to have occurred, and therefore no revenues are recognized, until the customer has taken title to the products and assumed the risks and rewards of ownership of the products specified in the purchase order or sales agreement. Generally, the transfer of title and risks and rewards of ownership are governed by the contractually-defined shipping terms. The Company uses various International Commercial shipping terms (as promulgated by the International Chamber of Commerce) in its sales of products to third-party customers, such as Ex Works (EXW), Free Carrier (FCA) and Delivered Duty Paid (DDP).

F-13

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Subsequent to delivery of the products, the Company generally has no further contractual performance obligations that would preclude revenue recognition.

        Revenues under long-term construction-type contracts are generally recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The Company principally uses the cost-to-cost method to measure progress towards completion on contracts. Under this method, progress of contracts is measured by actual costs incurred in relation to the Company's best estimate of total estimated costs, which are reviewed and updated routinely for contracts in progress. The cumulative effect of any change in estimate is recorded in the period when the change in estimate is determined.

        Short-term construction-type contracts, or long-term construction-type contracts for which reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made or for which inherent hazards make estimates difficult, are accounted for under the completed-contract method. Revenues under the completed-contract method are recognized upon substantial completion—that is: acceptance by the customer, compliance with performance specifications demonstrated in a factory acceptance test or similar event.

        For non construction-type contracts that contain customer acceptance provisions, revenue is deferred until customer acceptance occurs or the Company has demonstrated the customer-specified objective criteria have been met or the contractual acceptance period has lapsed.

        Revenues from service transactions are recognized as services are performed. For long-term service contracts, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract or, if the performance pattern is other than straight-line, as the services are provided. Service revenues reflect revenues earned from the Company's activities in providing services to customers primarily subsequent to the sale and delivery of a product or complete system. Such revenues consist of maintenance-type contracts, field service activities that include personnel and accompanying spare parts, and installation and commissioning of products as a stand-alone service or as part of a service contract.

        Revenues for software license fees are recognized when persuasive evidence of a non-cancelable license agreement exists, delivery has occurred, the license fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. In software arrangements that include rights to multiple software products and/or services, the total arrangement fee is allocated using the residual method. Under this method revenue is allocated to the undelivered elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the fair value of such undelivered elements and the residual amounts of revenue are allocated to the delivered elements. Elements included in multiple element arrangements may consist of software licences, maintenance (which includes customer support services and unspecified upgrades), hosting, and consulting services. VSOE is based on the price generally charged when an element is sold separately or, in the case of an element not yet sold separately, the price established by management, if it is probable that the price, once established, will not change once the element is sold separately. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element, the total arrangement fee will be recognized as revenue over the life of the contract or upon delivery of the undelivered element.

        The Company offers multiple element arrangements to meet its customers' needs. These arrangements may involve the delivery of multiple products and/or performance of services (such as installation and training) and the delivery and/or performance may occur at different points in time or over different periods of time. Deliverables of such multiple element arrangements are evaluated to determine the unit of accounting and if certain criteria are met, the Company allocates revenues to each unit of accounting based on its relative selling price. A hierarchy of selling prices is used to determine the selling price of each specific deliverable that includes VSOE (if available), third-party evidence (if VSOE is not available), or estimated selling price if neither of the first two is available. The estimated selling price reflects the Company's best estimate of what the selling prices of elements

F-14

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

would be if the elements were sold on a stand-alone basis. Revenue is allocated between the elements of an arrangement at the inception of the arrangement. Such arrangements generally include industry-specific performance and termination provisions, such as in the event of substantial delays or non-delivery.

        Revenues are reported net of customer rebates and similar incentives. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on revenue-producing transactions between the Company and its customers, such as sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes, are excluded from revenues.

Contract loss provisions

        Losses on contracts are recognized in the period when they are identified and are based upon the anticipated excess of contract costs over the related contract revenues.

Shipping and handling costs

        Shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of cost of sales.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method, the weighted-average cost method, or in certain circumstances (for example, where the completed-contract method of revenue recognition is used) the specific identification method. Inventoried costs are stated at acquisition cost or actual production cost, including direct material and labor and applicable manufacturing overheads. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net market value are made, if required, for decreases in sales prices, obsolescence or similar reductions in the estimated net realizable value.

Impairment of long-lived assets

        Long-lived assets that are held and used are assessed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If the asset's net carrying value exceeds the asset's net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated over its remaining useful life including net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is determined using a market, income and/or cost approach.

Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and is depreciated using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of the assets are generally as follows:

•

factories and office buildings: 30 to 40 years,



•

other facilities: 15 years,



•

machinery and equipment: 3 to 15 years,



•

furniture and office equipment: 3 to 8 years,



•

leasehold improvements are depreciated over their estimated useful life or, for operating leases, over the lease term, if shorter.

F-15

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

        Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment. For the annual impairment review in 2013, the reporting units were the same as the operating segments for Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Power Products and Power Systems, while for the Process Automation operating segment, the reporting units were determined to be one level below the operating segment.

        When evaluating goodwill for impairment, the Company uses either a qualitative or quantitative assessment method for each reporting unit. The qualitative assessment involves determining, based on an evaluation of qualitative factors, if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, based on this qualitative assessment, it is determined to be more likely than not that the reporting unit's fair value is less than its carrying value, the two-step quantitative impairment test (described below) is performed, otherwise no further analysis is required. If the Company elects not to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit, the two-step quantitative impairment test is performed.

        The two-step quantitative impairment test calculates the fair value of a reporting unit (based on the income approach whereby the fair value of a reporting unit is calculated based on the present value of future cash flows) and compares it to the reporting unit's carrying value. If the carrying value of the net assets of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit then the Company performs the second step of the impairment test to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference.

        The cost of acquired intangible assets with a finite life is amortized using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern of intangible assets' expected contributions to future cash flows. If that pattern cannot be reliably determined, the straight-line method is used. The amortization periods range from 3 to 5 years for software and from 5 to 20 years for customer-, technology- and marketing-related intangibles. Intangible assets with a finite life are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of certain triggering events.

Capitalized software costs

Software for internal use

        Costs incurred in the application development stage until the software is substantially complete are capitalized and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software, typically ranging from 3 to 5 years.

Software for sale

        Costs incurred after the software has demonstrated its technological feasibility until the product is available for general release to the customers are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the product. The Company periodically performs an evaluation to determine that the unamortized cost of software to be sold does not exceed the net realizable value. If the unamortized cost of software to be sold exceeds its net realizable value, the Company records an impairment charge equal to the difference.

F-16

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities

        The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage currency, commodity, interest rate and equity exposures, arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities (see Note 5).

        The Company recognizes all derivatives, other than certain derivatives indexed to the Company's own stock, at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments are reported at fair value with derivative gains and losses reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying transaction.

        If the derivatives are designated as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivatives will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged through earnings (in the case of a fair value hedge) or recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the hedged item is recognized in earnings (in the case of a cash flow hedge). The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings consistent with the classification of the hedged item. Where derivative financial instruments have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted transactions and such forecasted transactions are no longer probable of occurring, hedge accounting is discontinued and any derivative gain or loss previously included in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" is reclassified into earnings consistent with the nature of the original forecasted transaction. Gains or losses from derivatives designated as hedging instruments in a fair value hedge are reported through earnings and classified consistent with the nature of the underlying hedged transaction.

        Certain commercial contracts may grant rights to the Company or the counterparties, or contain other provisions that are considered to be derivatives. Such embedded derivatives are assessed at inception of the contract and depending on their characteristics, accounted for as separate derivative instruments and shown at their fair value in the balance sheet with changes in their fair value reported in earnings consistent with the nature of the commercial contract to which they relate.

        Derivatives are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same section as the underlying item. Cash flows from the settlement of undesignated derivatives used to manage the risks of different underlying items on a net basis, are classified within "Net cash provided by operating activities", as the underlying items are primarily operational in nature. Other cash flows on the settlement of derivatives are recorded within "Net cash used in investing activities".

Leases

        The Company leases primarily real estate and office equipment. Rental expense for operating leases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease term. Lease transactions where substantially all risks and rewards incident to ownership are transferred from the lessor to the lessee are accounted for as capital leases. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Amounts due under capital leases are recorded as a liability. The interest in assets acquired under capital leases is recorded as property, plant and equipment. Depreciation and amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Sale-leasebacks

        The Company occasionally enters into transactions accounted for as sale-leasebacks, in which fixed assets, generally real estate and/or equipment, are sold to a third party and then leased for use by the Company. Under certain circumstances, the necessary criteria to recognize a sale of these assets may not occur and then the transaction is reflected as a financing transaction, with the proceeds received from the transaction reflected as a borrowing or deposit liability. When the necessary criteria have been

F-17

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

met to recognize a sale, gains or losses on the sale of the assets are generally deferred and amortized over the term of the transaction, except in certain limited instances when a portion of the gain or loss may be recognized upon inception. The lease of the asset is accounted for as either an operating lease or a capital lease, depending upon its specific terms.

Translation of foreign currencies and foreign exchange transactions

        The functional currency for most of the Company's subsidiaries is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable functional currencies into the Company's reporting currency is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for income statement accounts using average exchange rates prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are excluded from the determination of earnings and are recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" until the subsidiary is sold, substantially liquidated or evaluated for impairment in anticipation of disposal.

        Foreign currency exchange gains and losses, such as those resulting from foreign currency denominated receivables or payables, are included in the determination of earnings, except as they relate to intercompany loans that are equity-like in nature with no reasonable expectation of repayment, which are recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss". Exchange gains and losses recognized in earnings are included in "Total revenues", "Total cost of sales", "Selling, general and administrative expenses" or "Interest and other finance expense" consistent with the nature of the underlying item.

Income taxes

        The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for deferred taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a deferred tax asset when it determines that it is more likely than not that the deduction will be sustained based upon the deduction's technical merit. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

        Deferred taxes are provided on unredeemed retained earnings of the Company's subsidiaries. However, deferred taxes are not provided on such unredeemed retained earnings to the extent it is expected that the earnings are permanently reinvested. Such earnings may become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends.

        The Company operates in numerous tax jurisdictions and, as a result, is regularly subject to audit by tax authorities. The Company provides for tax contingencies whenever it is deemed more likely than not that a tax asset has been impaired or a tax liability has been incurred for events such as tax claims or changes in tax laws. Contingency provisions are recorded based on the technical merits of the Company's filing position, considering the applicable tax laws and Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) guidelines and are based on its evaluations of the facts and circumstances as of the end of each reporting period. Changes in the facts and circumstances could result in a material change to the tax accruals.

        The Company applies a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertainty in income taxes. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including

F-18

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

        Expense related to tax penalties is classified in the Consolidated Income Statements as "Provision for taxes", while interest thereon is classified as "Interest and other finance expense".

Research and development

        Research and development costs not related to specific customer orders are generally expensed as incurred.

Earnings per share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise: outstanding written call options, outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company's share-based payment arrangements. See further discussion related to earnings per share in Note 20 and of potentially dilutive securities in Note 18.

Share-based payment arrangements

        The Company has various share-based payment arrangements for its employees, which are described more fully in Note 18. Such arrangements are accounted for under the fair value method. For awards that are equity-settled, total compensation is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award at that date, and recorded in earnings over the period the employees are required to render service. For awards that are cash-settled, compensation is initially measured at grant date and subsequently remeasured at each reporting period, based on the fair value and vesting percentage of the award at each of those dates, with changes in the liability recorded in earnings.

Fair value measures

        The Company uses fair value measurement principles to record certain financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis and, when necessary, to record certain non-financial assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis, as well as to determine fair value disclosures for certain financial instruments carried at amortized cost in the financial statements. Financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis include foreign currency, commodity and interest rate derivatives, as well as cash-settled call options and available-for-sale securities. Non-financial assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis include long-lived assets that are reduced to their estimated fair value due to impairments.

        Fair value is the price that would be received when selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation techniques including the market approach (using observable market data for identical or similar assets and liabilities), the income approach (discounted cash flow models) and the cost approach (using costs a market participant would incur to develop a comparable asset). Inputs used to determine the fair value of assets and liabilities are defined by a three-level hierarchy, depending on the reliability of those inputs. The Company has categorized its financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets measured at fair value within this hierarchy based on whether

F-19

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

the inputs to the valuation technique are observable or unobservable. An observable input is based on market data obtained from independent sources, while an unobservable input reflects the Company's assumptions about market data.

        The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

        Whenever quoted prices involve bid-ask spreads, the Company ordinarily determines fair values based on mid-market quotes. However, for the purpose of determining the fair value of cash-settled call options serving as hedges of the Company's management incentive plan (MIP), bid prices are used.

        When determining fair values based on quoted prices in an active market, the Company considers if the level of transaction activity for the financial instrument has significantly decreased, or would not be considered orderly. In such cases, the resulting changes in valuation techniques would be disclosed. If the market is considered disorderly or if quoted prices are not available, the Company is required to use another valuation technique, such as an income approach.

        Disclosures about the Company's fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are included in Note 6.

Contingencies

        The Company is subject to proceedings, litigation or threatened litigation and other claims and inquiries, related to environmental, labor, product, regulatory, tax (other than income tax) and other matters, and is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the provision required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue, often with assistance from

F-20

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

both internal and external legal counsel and technical experts. The required amount of a provision for a contingency of any type may change in the future due to new developments in the particular matter, including changes in the approach to its resolution.

        The Company records a provision for its contingent obligations when it is probable that a loss will be incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Any such provision is generally recognized on an undiscounted basis using the Company's best estimate of the amount of loss incurred or at the lower end of an estimated range when a single best estimate is not determinable. In some cases, the Company may be able to recover a portion of the costs relating to these obligations from insurers or other third parties; however, the Company records such amounts only when it is probable that they will be collected.

        The Company provides for anticipated costs for warranties when it recognizes revenues on the related products or contracts. Warranty costs include calculated costs arising from imperfections in design, material and workmanship in the Company's products. The Company makes individual assessments on contracts with risks resulting from order-specific conditions or guarantees and assessments on an overall, statistical basis for similar products sold in larger quantities.

        The Company may have legal obligations to perform environmental clean-up activities related to land and buildings as a result of the normal operations of its business. In some cases, the timing or the method of settlement, or both, are conditional upon a future event that may or may not be within the control of the Company, but the underlying obligation itself is unconditional and certain. The Company recognizes a provision for these obligations when it is probable that a liability for the clean-up activity has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of its fair value can be made. The provision is initially recognized at fair value, and subsequently adjusted for accrued interest and changes in estimates. In some cases, a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle these matters may be recoverable. An asset is recorded when it is probable that such amounts are recoverable. Provisions for environmental obligations are not discounted to their present value when the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Pensions and other postretirement benefits

        The Company has a number of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The Company recognizes an asset for such a plan's overfunded status or a liability for such a plan's underfunded status in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. Additionally, the Company measures such a plan's assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the year and recognizes the changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes are reported in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss".

        The Company uses actuarial valuations to determine its pension and postretirement benefit costs and credits. The amounts calculated depend on a variety of key assumptions, including discount rates and expected return on plan assets. Current market conditions are considered in selecting these assumptions.

        The Company's various pension plan assets are assigned to their respective levels in the fair value hierarchy in accordance with the valuation principles described in the "Fair value measures" section above.

        See Note 17 for further discussion of the Company's employee benefit plans.

F-21

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Business combinations

        The Company accounts for assets acquired and liabilities assumed in business combinations using the acquisition method and records these at their respective fair values. Contingent consideration is recorded at fair value as an element of purchase price with subsequent adjustments recognized in income.

        Identifiable intangibles consist of intellectual property such as trademarks and trade names, customer relationships, patented and unpatented technology, in-process research and development, order backlog and capitalized software; these are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Such intangibles are subsequently subject to evaluation for potential impairment if events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. See "Goodwill and other intangible assets" above. Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred. Upon gaining control of an entity in which an equity method or cost basis investment was held by the Company, the carrying value of that investment is adjusted to fair value with the related gain or loss recorded in income.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax base of assets and liabilities as well as uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date based on facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date. These estimates are subject to change within the measurement period (a period of up to 12 months after the acquisition date during which the acquirer may adjust the provisional acquisition amounts) with any adjustments to the preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill. Changes in deferred taxes, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances on acquired deferred tax assets that occur after the measurement period are recognized in income.

New accounting pronouncements

Applicable in current period

Disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities

        As of January 2013, the Company adopted two accounting standard updates regarding disclosures about amounts of certain financial and derivative instruments recognized in the statement of financial position that are either (i) offset or (ii) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset. The scope of these updates covers derivatives (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. These updates are applicable retrospectively and did not have a significant impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income

        As of January 2013, the Company adopted an accounting standard update regarding the presentation of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. Under the update, the Company is required to present, either in a single note or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective income statement line item (if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the reporting period). If a component is not required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety, the Company would instead cross-reference to other U.S. GAAP required disclosures that provide additional information about the amounts. This update is

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Note 2—Significant accounting policies (Continued)

applicable prospectively and resulted in the Company presenting, in a single note, significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (see Note 21).

Applicable for future periods

Parent's accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment upon derecognition of certain subsidiaries or groups of assets within a foreign entity or of an investment in a foreign entity

        In March 2013, an accounting standard update was issued regarding the release of cumulative translation adjustments of a parent when it ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity (for the Company, a foreign entity is an entity having a functional currency other than U.S. dollars). Under the update, the Company would release into net income the entire amount of a cumulative translation adjustment related to its investment in a foreign entity when a parent no longer has control as a result of selling a part or all of its investment in the foreign entity or otherwise no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets within the foreign entity. For foreign equity-accounted companies, a pro rata portion of the cumulative translation adjustment would be recognized in net income upon a partial sale of the equity-accounted company. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2014, and is applicable prospectively. The Company does not believe that this update will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists

        In July 2013, an accounting standard update was issued regarding the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. Under the update, the Company would present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except in certain defined circumstances. This update is effective for the Company for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2014, and is applicable prospectively. The Company does not believe that this update will have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 3—Acquisitions

        Acquisitions were as follows:

F-23

---

Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions (Continued)

        In the table above, the "Acquisitions" and "Aggregate excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired" amounts for 2013 relate primarily to the acquisition of Power-One Inc. (Power-One). For 2012, these amounts relate primarily to the acquisition of Thomas & Betts Corporation (Thomas & Betts), while for 2011, these amounts relate mainly to the acquisitions of Baldor Electric Corporation (Baldor) and EAM Software Holdings Pty Ltd (Mincom).

        Acquisitions of controlling interests have been accounted for under the acquisition method and have been included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements since the date of acquisition.

        While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the purchase price allocation for acquisitions is preliminary for up to 12 months after the acquisition date and is subject to refinement as more detailed analyses are completed and additional information about the fair values of the assets and liabilities becomes available.

        On July 25, 2013, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Power-One for $6.35 per share in cash. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $737 million, representing $705 million for the purchase of the shares (net of cash acquired) and $32 million related to the cash settlement of Power-One stock options held at the acquisition date. Power-One is a designer and manufacturer of photovoltaic inverters, as well as a provider of renewable energy and energy-efficient power conversion and power management solutions.

        The aggregate preliminary allocation of the purchase consideration for business acquisitions in 2013, was as follows:

        On May 16, 2012, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Thomas & Betts for $72 per share in cash. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $3,700 million, representing $3,282 million for the purchase of the shares (net of cash acquired of $521 million), $94 million related to cash settlement of Thomas & Betts stock options held at acquisition date and $324 million for the repayment of debt assumed upon acquisition. Thomas & Betts designs, manufactures and markets components used to manage the connection, distribution, transmission and reliability of electrical power in industrial, construction and utility applications. The acquisition of Thomas & Betts supports the Company's strategy of expanding its Low Voltage Products operating segment into new geographies, sectors and products, and consequently the goodwill acquired represents the future benefits associated with the expansion of market access and product scope.

F-24

---

Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions (Continued)

        The final allocation of the purchase consideration for the Thomas & Betts acquisition in 2012 was as follows:

        The Company's Consolidated Income Statement for 2012 includes total revenues of $1,541 million and a net loss (including acquisition-related charges) of $10 million in respect of Thomas & Betts since the date of acquisition.

        The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined pro forma results of the Company and Thomas & Betts for 2012 and 2011, as if Thomas & Betts had been acquired on January 1, 2011.

        The unaudited pro forma results above include certain adjustments related to the Thomas & Betts acquisition. The table below summarizes the adjustments necessary to present the pro forma financial

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions (Continued)

information of the Company and Thomas & Betts combined, as if Thomas & Betts had been acquired on January 1, 2011.

        The pro forma results are for information purposes only and do not include any anticipated cost synergies or other effects of the planned integration of Thomas & Betts. Accordingly, such pro forma amounts are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition been completed on the date indicated, nor are they indicative of the future operating results of the combined company.

        The aggregate allocation of the purchase consideration for other business acquisitions in 2012, excluding Thomas & Betts, was as follows:

        On January 26, 2011, the Company acquired 83.25 percent of the outstanding shares of Baldor for $63.50 per share in cash. On January 27, 2011, the Company exercised its top-up option contained in the merger agreement, bringing its shareholding in Baldor to 91.6 percent, allowing the Company to complete a short-form merger under Missouri, United States, law. On the same date, the Company completed the purchase of the remaining 8.4 percent of outstanding shares. The resulting cash outflows for the Company amounted to $4,276 million, representing $2,966 million for the purchase of the shares (net of cash acquired), $70 million related to cash settlement of Baldor options held at acquisition date and $1,240 million for the repayment of debt assumed upon acquisition. Baldor markets, designs and manufactures industrial electric motors, mechanical power transmission products, drives and generators.

F-26

---

Table of Contents

Note 3—Acquisitions (Continued)

        The final allocation of the purchase consideration for the Baldor acquisition in 2011 was as follows:

        The Company's Consolidated Income Statement for 2011 includes total revenues of $1,950 million and net income (including acquisition-related charges) of $155 million in respect of Baldor since the date of acquisition.

        The aggregate allocation of the purchase consideration for business acquisitions in 2011, excluding Baldor, was as follows:

F-27

---

Table of Contents

Note 4—Cash and equivalents and marketable securities

Current Assets

        Cash and equivalents and marketable securities and short-term investments consisted of the following:

 

Non-current assets

        Included in "Other non-current assets" are certain held-to-maturity marketable securities. At December 31, 2013, the amortized cost, gross unrecognized gain and fair value (based on quoted market prices) of these securities were $104 million, $17 million and $121 million, respectively. At December 31, 2012, the amortized cost, gross unrecognized gain and fair value (based on quoted market prices) of these securities were $97 million, $27 million and $124 million, respectively. These securities are pledged as security for certain outstanding deposit liabilities and the funds received at the respective maturity dates of the securities will only be available to the Company for repayment of these obligations.

F-28

---

Table of Contents

Note 4—Cash and equivalents and marketable securities (Continued)

Gains, losses and contractual maturities

        Gross realized gains (reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to income) on available-for-sale securities totaled $10 million, $3 million and $8 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Gross realized losses (reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to income) on available-for-sale securities were not significant in 2013, 2012 and 2011. Such gains and losses were included in "Interest and other finance expense".

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, other-than-temporary impairments recognized on available-for-sale equity securities were not significant.

        At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, gross unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position were not significant and the Company does not intend and does not expect to be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their amortized cost.

        There were no sales of held-to-maturity securities in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

        Contractual maturities of debt securities consisted of the following:

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company pledged $97 million and $96 million, respectively, of available-for-sale marketable securities as collateral for issued letters of credit and other security arrangements.

Note 5—Financial instruments

        The Company is exposed to certain currency, commodity, interest rate and equity risks arising from its global operating, financing and investing activities. The Company uses derivative instruments to reduce and manage the economic impact of these exposures.

Currency risk

        Due to the global nature of the Company's operations, many of its subsidiaries are exposed to currency risk in their operating activities from entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency. To manage such currency risks, the Company's policies require the subsidiaries to hedge their foreign currency exposures from binding sales and purchase contracts denominated in foreign currencies. For forecasted foreign currency denominated sales of standard products and the related foreign currency denominated purchases, the Company's policy is to hedge up to a maximum of 100 percent of the forecasted foreign currency denominated exposures, depending on the length of the forecasted exposures. Forecasted exposures greater than 12 months are not hedged. Forward foreign exchange contracts are the main instrument used to protect the Company against the volatility of future cash flows (caused by changes in exchange rates) of contracted and forecasted sales and purchases denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, within its treasury operations, the Company primarily

F-29

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

uses foreign exchange swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency and timing mismatches arising in its liquidity management activities.

Commodity risk

        Various commodity products are used in the Company's manufacturing activities. Consequently it is exposed to volatility in future cash flows arising from changes in commodity prices. To manage the price risk of commodities other than electricity, the Company's policies require that the subsidiaries hedge the commodity price risk exposures from binding contracts, as well as at least 50 percent (up to a maximum of 100 percent) of the forecasted commodity exposure over the next 12 months or longer (up to a maximum of 18 months). In certain locations where the price of electricity is hedged, up to a maximum of 90 percent of the forecasted electricity needs, depending on the length of the forecasted exposures, are hedged. Swap and futures contracts are used to manage the associated price risks of commodities.

Interest rate risk

        The Company has issued bonds at fixed rates. Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate risk associated with certain debt and generally such swaps are designated as fair value hedges. In addition, from time to time, the Company uses instruments such as interest rate swaps, interest rate futures, bond futures or forward rate agreements to manage interest rate risk arising from the Company's balance sheet structure but does not designate such instruments as hedges.

Equity risk

        The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the fair value of its warrant appreciation rights (WARs) issued under its MIP. A WAR gives its holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise. To eliminate such risk, the Company has purchased cash-settled call options which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs.

Volume of derivative activity

        In general, while the Company's primary objective in its use of derivatives is to minimize exposures arising from its business, certain derivatives are designated and qualify for hedge accounting treatment while others either are not designated or do not qualify for hedge accounting.

Foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives

        The gross notional amounts of outstanding foreign exchange and interest rate derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not) were as follows:

F-30

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

Derivative commodity contracts

        The following table shows the notional amounts of outstanding commodity derivatives (whether designated as hedges or not), on a net basis, to reflect the Company's requirements in the various commodities:

Equity derivatives

        At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company held 67 million, 67 million and 61 million cash-settled call options indexed to ABB Ltd shares (conversion ratio 5:1) with a total fair value of $56 million, $26 million and $21 million, respectively.

Cash flow hedges

        As noted above, the Company mainly uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk of its operations, commodity swaps to manage its commodity risks and cash-settled call options to hedge its WAR liabilities. Where such instruments are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in their fair value is recorded in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the same line item and in the same period as the underlying hedged transaction affects earnings. Any ineffectiveness in the hedge relationship, or hedge component excluded from the assessment of effectiveness, is recognized in earnings during the current period.

        At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" included net unrealized gains of $22 million, $37 million and $12 million, respectively, net of tax, on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. Of the amount at December 31, 2013, net gains of $18 million are expected to be reclassified to earnings in 2014. At December 31, 2013, the longest maturity of a derivative classified as a cash flow hedge was 69 months.

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amounts of gains or losses, net of tax, reclassified into earnings due to the discontinuance of cash flow hedge accounting and recognized in earnings due to ineffectiveness in cash flow hedge relationships were not significant.

F-31

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

        The pre-tax effects of derivative instruments, designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges, on "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" (OCI) and the Consolidated Income Statements were as follows:

        Net derivative gains of $43 million, $28 million and $61 million, net of tax, were reclassified from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" to earnings during 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-32

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

Fair value hedges

        To reduce its interest rate exposure arising primarily from its debt issuance activities, the Company uses interest rate swaps. Where such instruments are designated as fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these instruments, as well as the changes in fair value of the risk component of the underlying debt being hedged, are recorded as offsetting gains and losses in "Interest and other finance expense". Hedge ineffectiveness of instruments designated as fair value hedges in 2013, 2012 and 2011, was not significant.

        The effect of derivative instruments, designated and qualifying as fair value hedges, on the Consolidated Income Statements was as follows:

Derivatives not designated in hedge relationships

        Derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges or do not qualify as either cash flow or fair value hedges are economic hedges used for risk management purposes. Gains and losses from changes in the fair values of such derivatives are recognized in the same line in the income statement as the economically hedged transaction.

        Furthermore, under certain circumstances, the Company is required to split and account separately for foreign currency derivatives that are embedded within certain binding sales or purchase contracts denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the subsidiary and the counterparty.

F-33

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

        The gains (losses) recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships were as follows:

        The fair values of derivatives included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

F-34

---

Table of Contents

Note 5—Financial instruments (Continued)

        Close-out netting agreements provide for the termination, valuation and net settlement of some or all outstanding transactions between two counterparties on the occurrence of one or more pre-defined trigger events.

        Although the Company is party to close-out netting agreements with most derivative counterparties, the fair values in the tables above and in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, have been presented on a gross basis.

F-35

---

Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values

Recurring fair value measures

        The fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

        The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

•

Available-for-sale securities in "Cash and equivalents", "Marketable securities and short-term investments" and "Other non-current assets":  If quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets are available, these are considered Level 1 inputs; however, when markets are not active, these inputs are considered Level 2. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined using market prices for similar assets or present value techniques, applying an appropriate risk-free interest rate adjusted for nonperformance risk. The inputs used in present value techniques are observable and fall into the Level 2 category.



•

Derivatives:  The fair values of derivative instruments are determined using quoted prices of identical instruments from an active market, if available (Level 1). If quoted prices are not available, price quotes for similar instruments, appropriately adjusted, or present value techniques, based on available market data, or option pricing models are used. Cash-settled call options hedging the Company's WAR liability are valued based on bid prices of the equivalent listed warrant. The fair values obtained using price quotes for similar instruments or valuation techniques represent a Level 2 input unless significant unobservable inputs are used.

Non-recurring fair value measures

        There were no significant non-recurring fair value measurements during 2013. During 2012, impairment charges of $87 million were recorded as an adjustment to the fair value of certain equity-method investments. The non-recurring fair value measures were determined using a discounted cash flow model adjusted for industry and market conditions using Level 3 inputs and the resulting fair value of those assets remeasured during 2012 and still held at December 31, 2012, was not significant. Other non-recurring fair value measurements in 2012 were not significant.

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

Disclosure about financial instruments carried on a cost basis

        The fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis were as follows:

F-38

---

Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

        The Company uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial instruments carried on a cost basis:

•

Cash and equivalents (excluding available-for-sale debt securities with original maturities up to 3 months), Marketable securities and short-term investments (excluding available-for-sale securities), and Short-term loans in "Receivables, net":  The carrying amounts approximate the fair values as the items are short-term in nature.



•

Other non-current assets:  Includes (i) loans granted whose fair values are based on the carrying amount adjusted using a present value technique to reflect a premium or discount based on current market interest rates (Level 2 inputs), (ii) held-to-maturity securities (see Note 4) whose fair values are based on quoted market prices in inactive markets (Level 2 inputs), (iii) restricted cash whose fair values approximates the carrying amounts (Level 1) and (iv) cash deposits pledged in respect of certain non-current deposit liabilities whose fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on current market interest rates (Level 2 inputs).



•

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance lease liabilities:  Includes commercial paper, bank borrowings and overdrafts as well as bonds maturing in the next 12 months. The carrying amounts of short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt, excluding finance lease liabilities, approximate their fair values.



•

Long-term debt excluding finance lease liabilities:  Fair values of outstanding bonds are determined using quoted market prices (Level 1 inputs). The fair values of other debt are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based upon borrowing rates of similar debt instruments and reflecting appropriate adjustments for non-performance risk (Level 2 inputs).

F-39

---

Table of Contents

Note 6—Fair values (Continued)

•

Non-current deposit liabilities in "Other non-current liabilities":  The fair values of non-current deposit liabilities are determined using a discounted cash flow methodology based on risk-adjusted interest rates (Level 2 inputs).

Note 7—Receivables, net

        "Receivables, net" consisted of the following:

        "Trade receivables" in the table above includes contractual retention amounts billed to customers of $552 million and $390 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Management expects that the substantial majority of related contracts will be completed and the substantial majority of the billed amounts retained by the customer will be collected. Of the retention amounts outstanding at December 31, 2013, 71 percent and 21 percent are expected to be collected in 2014 and 2015, respectively. "Other receivables" in the table above consists of value added tax, claims, rental deposits and other non-trade receivables.

        "Costs and estimated profits in excess of billings" in the table above represents revenues earned and recognized for contracts under the percentage-of-completion or completed-contract method of accounting. Management expects that the majority of the amounts will be collected within one year of the respective balance sheet date.

        The reconciliation of changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

F-40

---

Table of Contents

Note 8—Inventories, net

        "Inventories, net" consisted of the following:

        "Work in process" in the table above contains inventoried costs relating to long-term contracts of $358 million and $363 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. "Advance payments consumed" in the table above relates to contractual advances received from customers on work in process.

Note 9—Other non-current assets

        "Other non-current assets" consisted of the following:

        The Company entered into structured leasing transactions with U.S. investors prior to 1999. Certain amounts were received at the inception of the transaction and are included above as "Pledged financial assets". These assets are pledged as security for certain outstanding deposit liabilities included in "Other non-current liabilities" (see Note 13) and the funds received upon maturity of the respective pledged financial assets will only be available to the Company for repayment of these obligations.

        "Investments" represents shares and other equity investments carried at cost.

        "Loans granted" is reported in the balance sheet at outstanding principal amount less any write-offs or allowance for uncollectible loans and primarily represents financing arrangements provided to customers (relating to products manufactured by the Company).

F-41

---

Table of Contents

Note 10—Property, plant and equipment, net

        "Property, plant and equipment, net" consisted of the following:

        Assets under capital leases included in "Property, plant and equipment, net" were as follows:

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, depreciation, including depreciation of assets under capital leases, was $842 million, $733 million and $660 million, respectively.

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets

        Changes in "Goodwill" were as follows:

        In 2013, goodwill acquired primarily relates to Power-One, acquired in July 2013, which has been allocated to the Discrete Automation and Motion operating segment.

F-42

---

Table of Contents

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        In 2012, goodwill acquired primarily included $2,723 million in respect of Thomas & Betts (allocated to the Low Voltage Products operating segment) with the remainder representing goodwill in respect of Newave Energy Holding SA (allocated to the Discrete Automation and Motion operating segment), as well as a number of smaller acquisitions.

        Intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

        Additions to intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

        Included in the additions of $300 million and $1,658 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, were the following intangible assets other than goodwill related to business combinations:

F-43

---

Table of Contents

Note 11—Goodwill and other intangible assets (Continued)

        Amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill consisted of the following:

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, impairment charges on intangible assets other than goodwill were not significant.

        At December 31, 2013, future amortization expense of intangible assets other than goodwill is estimated to be:

Note 12—Debt

        The Company's total debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounted to $8,023 million and $10,071 million, respectively.

Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt

        The Company's "Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt" consisted of the following:

        Short-term debt primarily represented short-term loans from various banks and issued commercial paper.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had in place three commercial paper programs: a $1 billion Euro-commercial paper program for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies (which in February 2014, was terminated and replaced with a $2 billion Euro-commercial paper program, also for the issuance of commercial paper in a variety of currencies); a 5 billion Swedish krona commercial paper program for the issuance of Swedish krona and euro-denominated commercial paper and, a $2 billion commercial paper program for the private placement of U.S. dollar

F-44

---

Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

denominated commercial paper in the United States. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, $100 million and $1,019 million, respectively, was outstanding under the $2 billion program in the United States. At February 28, 2014, the amount outstanding under the United States program was $1,275 million, with a corresponding increase in cash and equivalents.

        In addition, the Company has a $2 billion multicurrency revolving credit facility, maturing in 2015. The facility is for general corporate purposes, including as a back-stop for the above-mentioned commercial paper programs. Interest costs on drawings under the facility are LIBOR, STIBOR or EURIBOR (depending on the currency of the drawings) plus a margin of between 0.425 percent and 0.625 percent (depending on the Company's credit rating), while commitment fees (payable on the unused portion of the facility) amount to 35 percent of the margin, which, given the Company's credit ratings at December 31, 2013, represents commitment fees of 0.166 percent per annum. Utilization fees, payable on drawings, amount to 0.15 percent per annum on drawings over one-third but less than or equal to two-thirds of the facility, or 0.3 percent per annum on drawings over two-thirds of the facility. No utilization fees are payable on drawings representing one-third or less of the total facility. No amount was drawn at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The facility contains cross-default clauses whereby an event of default would occur if the Company were to default on indebtedness as defined in the facility, at or above a specified threshold.

Long-term debt

        The Company utilizes derivative instruments to modify the interest characteristics of its long-term debt. In particular, the Company uses interest rate swaps to effectively convert certain fixed-rate long-term debt into floating rate obligations. The carrying value of debt, designated as being hedged by fair value hedges, is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the risk component of the debt being hedged.

        The following table summarizes the Company's long-term debt considering the effect of interest rate swaps. Consequently, a fixed-rate debt subject to a fixed-to-floating interest rate swap is included as a floating rate debt in the table below:

        At December 31, 2013, the principal amounts of long-term debt repayable at maturity were as follows:

F-45

---

Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

        Details of the Company's outstanding bonds were as follows:

        During 2013, the Company repaid the 4.625% EUR Instruments, due 2013. The Company had entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate euro obligations and consequently are shown as floating rate debt at December 31, 2012, in the table of long-term debt above.

        The 2.5% USD Notes, due 2016, and the 4.0% USD Notes, due 2021, pay interest semi-annually in arrears, at fixed annual rates of 2.5 percent and 4.0 percent, respectively. The Company may redeem these notes prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.

        The 1.25% CHF Bonds, due 2016, and the 2.25% Bonds, due 2021, pay interest annually in arrears, at fixed annual rates of 1.25 percent and 2.25 percent, respectively. The Company has the option to redeem the bonds prior to maturity, in whole, at par plus accrued interest, if 85 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds has been redeemed or purchased and cancelled. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate Swiss franc obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long-term debt above.

        The 1.50% CHF Bonds, due 2018, were issued in January 2012, and the Company recorded net proceeds of CHF 346 million (equivalent to approximately $370 million on date of issuance). The bonds have an aggregate principal of CHF 350 million and pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 1.5 percent. The Company has the option to redeem the bonds prior to maturity, in

F-46

---

Table of Contents

Note 12—Debt (Continued)

whole, at par plus accrued interest, if 85 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds has been redeemed or purchased and cancelled.

        The 2.625% EUR Instruments, due 2019, were issued in March 2012, and the Company recorded proceeds (net of fees) of EUR 1,245 million (equivalent to approximately $1,648 million on date of issuance). The instruments have an aggregate principal of EUR 1,250 million and pay interest annually in arrears at a fixed rate of 2.625 percent per annum.

        In May 2012, the Company issued the following notes (i) $500 million of 1.625% USD Notes, due 2017, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 1.625 percent, (ii) $1,250 million of 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 2.875 percent, and (iii) $750 million of 4.375% USD Notes, due 2042, paying interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 4.375 percent. The Company may redeem these notes prior to maturity, in whole or in part, at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date. The aggregate net proceeds of these bond issues, after underwriting discount and other fees, amounted to $2,431 million. These notes, registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, were issued by ABB Finance (USA) Inc., a 100 percent owned finance subsidiary, and were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by ABB Ltd. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the parent company to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan. In reliance on Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, the separate financial statements of ABB Finance (USA) Inc. are not provided. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge obligations on an aggregate principal of $850 million of the 2.875% USD Notes, due 2022. After considering the impact of such swaps, $850 million of the outstanding principal became floating rate obligations and consequently are shown as floating rate debt at December 31, 2013, in the table of long-term debt above.

        The 5.625% USD Notes, due 2021, were assumed in May 2012, upon the acquisition of Thomas & Betts and pay interest semi-annually in arrears at a fixed annual rate of 5.625 percent. These notes, with an aggregate principal of $250 million, were recorded at their fair value on the date the Company acquired Thomas & Betts and are being amortized to par over the period to maturity. The Company has the option to redeem the notes prior to maturity at the greater of (i) 100 percent of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, and (ii) the sum of the present values of remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (excluding interest accrued to the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date at a rate defined in the note terms, plus interest accrued at the redemption date.

        The 4.25% AUD Notes, due 2017, were issued in November 2012. Net issuance proceeds (after underwriting fees) totaled AUD 398 million (equivalent to approximately $412 million on date of issuance). The notes, with an aggregate principal of AUD 400 million, pay fixed interest of 4.25 percent semi-annually in arrears. The Company entered into interest rate swaps to hedge its interest obligations on these bonds. After considering the impact of such swaps, these bonds effectively became floating rate Australian dollar obligations and consequently have been shown as floating rate debt in the table of long-term debt above.

        The Company's bonds contain cross-default clauses which would allow the bondholders to demand repayment if the Company were to default on any borrowing at or above a specified threshold. Furthermore, all such bonds constitute unsecured obligations of the Company and rank pari passu with other debt obligations.

        In addition to the bonds described above, included in long-term debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012, are capital lease obligations, bank borrowings of subsidiaries and other long-term debt, none of which is individually significant.

F-47

---

Table of Contents

Note 13—Other provisions, other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities

        "Other Provisions" consisted of the following:

        "Other current liabilities" consisted of the following:

        "Other non-current liabilities" consisted of the following:

F-48

---

Table of Contents

Note 14—Leases

        The Company's lease obligations primarily relate to real estate and office equipment. Rent expense was $602 million, $610 million and $601 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Sublease income received by the Company on leased assets was $22 million, $25 million and $41 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        At December 31, 2013, future net minimum lease payments for operating leases, having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year, consisted of the following:

        At December 31, 2013, the future net minimum lease payments for capital leases and the present value of the net minimum lease payments consisted of the following:

        Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals due in the future under non-cancelable subleases. Such minimum sublease rentals were not significant. The present value of minimum lease payments is included in "Short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt" or "Long-term debt" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies

Contingencies—Environmental

        The Company is engaged in environmental clean-up activities at certain sites arising under various United States and other environmental protection laws and under certain agreements with third parties. In some cases, these environmental remediation actions are subject to legal proceedings, investigations

F-49

---

Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

or claims, and it is uncertain to what extent the Company is actually obligated to perform. Provisions for these unresolved matters have been set up if it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The lower end of an estimated range is accrued when a single best estimate is not determinable. The required amounts of the provisions may change in the future as developments occur.

        If a provision has been recognized for any of these matters, the Company records an asset when it is probable that it will recover a portion of the costs expected to be incurred to settle them. Management is of the opinion, based upon information presently available, that the resolution of any such obligation and non-collection of recoverable costs would not have a further material adverse effect on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The Company is involved in the remediation of environmental contamination at present or former facilities, primarily in the United States. The clean-up of these sites involves primarily soil and groundwater contamination. A significant portion of the provisions in respect of these contingencies reflects the provisions of acquired companies. A portion of one of the acquired entities' remediation liability is indemnified by a prior owner. Accordingly, an asset equal to that portion of the remediation liability is included in "Other non-current assets".

        The impact of environmental obligations on "Income from continuing operations, net of tax" was not significant in 2013, 2012 and 2011. The impact on "Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax" was a charge of $41 million in 2013 and was not significant in 2012 and 2011.

        The effect of environmental obligations on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows was not significant in 2013 and 2012, and amounted to an outflow of $149 million in 2011, primarily related to the Company's former nuclear technology business.

        Environmental provisions included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

        Provisions for the above estimated losses have not been discounted as the timing of payments cannot be reasonably estimated.

Contingencies—Regulatory, Compliance and Legal

Antitrust

        The Company's cables business is under investigation for alleged anticompetitive practices in a number of jurisdictions, including Brazil and the European Union. In December 2013, the Company agreed with the Brazilian Antitrust Authority (CADE) to settle its ongoing investigation into the Company's involvement in these anticompetitive practices and the Company agreed to pay a fine of approximately 1.5 million Brazilian reals (equivalent to approximately $1 million on date of payment). In the European Union, the Company has received the European Commission's Statement of Objections concerning its investigation into the cables business and in June 2012 participated in the related Oral Hearing. An informed judgment about the outcome of this investigation or the amount of

F-50

---

Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

potential loss or range of loss for the Company, if any, relating to this investigation cannot be made at this stage.

        In Brazil, the Company's Gas Insulated Switchgear business is under investigation by the CADE for alleged anticompetitive practices. In addition, the CADE has opened an investigation into certain other power businesses of the Company, including flexible alternating current transmission systems (FACTS) and power transformers. An informed judgment about the outcome of these investigations or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for the Company, if any, relating to these investigations cannot be made at this stage.

        In Italy, one of the Company's recently acquired subsidiaries was raided in October 2013 by the Italian Antitrust Agency for alleged anticompetitive practices. An informed judgment about the outcome of this investigation or the amount of potential loss or range of loss for the Company, if any, relating to this investigation cannot be made at this stage.

        In September 2012, the German Antitrust Authority (Bundeskartellamt) fined one of the Company's German subsidiaries euro 8.7 million (equivalent to approximately $11 million on date of payment) for its involvement in anticompetitive practices in the German power transformers business.

        With respect to those aforementioned matters which are still ongoing, management is cooperating fully with the antitrust authorities.

Suspect payments

        In April 2005, the Company voluntarily disclosed to the United States Department of Justice (DoJ) and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) certain suspect payments in its network management unit in the United States. Subsequently, the Company made additional voluntary disclosures to the DoJ and the SEC regarding suspect payments made by other Company subsidiaries in a number of countries in the Middle East, Asia, South America and Europe (including to an employee of an Italian power generation company) as well as by its former Lummus business. These payments were discovered by the Company as a result of the Company's internal audit program and compliance reviews.

        In September 2010, the Company reached settlements with the DoJ and the SEC regarding their investigations into these matters and into suspect payments involving certain of the Company's subsidiaries in the United Nations Oil-for-Food Program. In connection with these settlements, the Company agreed to make payments to the DoJ and SEC totaling $58 million, which were settled in the fourth quarter of 2010. One subsidiary of the Company pled guilty to one count of conspiracy to violate the anti-bribery provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and one count of violating those provisions. The Company entered into a deferred prosecution agreement and settled civil charges brought by the SEC. These settlements resolved the foregoing investigations. In lieu of an external compliance monitor, the DoJ and SEC agreed to allow the Company to report on its continuing compliance efforts and the results of the review of its internal processes through September 2013. Further to the Fraud Section of the DoJ determining that the Company has fully complied with all its obligations under the deferred prosecution agreement, on October 1, 2013, the competent court in the U.S. agreed to dismiss all criminal charges against the Company in relation to these matters.

General

        In addition, the Company is aware of proceedings, or the threat of proceedings, against it and others in respect of private claims by customers and other third parties with regard to certain actual or alleged anticompetitive practices. Also, the Company is subject to other various legal proceedings,

F-51

---

Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

investigations, and claims that have not yet been resolved. With respect to the above-mentioned regulatory matters and commercial litigation contingencies, the Company will bear the costs of the continuing investigations and any related legal proceedings.

Liabilities recognized

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had aggregate liabilities of $245 million and $211 million, respectively, included in "Other provisions" and "Other non-current liabilities", for the above regulatory, compliance and legal contingencies, and none of the individual liabilities recognized was significant. As it is not possible to make an informed judgment on the outcome of certain matters and as it is not possible, based on information currently available to management, to estimate the maximum potential liability on other matters, there could be material adverse outcomes beyond the amounts accrued.

Guarantees

General

        The following table provides quantitative data regarding the Company's third-party guarantees. The maximum potential payments represent a "worst-case scenario", and do not reflect management's expected results. The carrying amount of liabilities recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets reflects the Company's best estimate of future payments, which it may incur as part of fulfilling its guarantee obligations.

        In respect of the above guarantees, the carrying amounts of liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012, were not significant.

Performance guarantees

        Performance guarantees represent obligations where the Company guarantees the performance of a third party's product or service according to the terms of a contract. Such guarantees may include guarantees that a project will be completed within a specified time. If the third party does not fulfill the obligation, the Company will compensate the guaranteed party in cash or in kind. Performance guarantees include surety bonds, advance payment guarantees and standby letters of credit. The significant performance guarantees are described below.

        The Company retained obligations for guarantees related to the Power Generation business contributed in mid-1999 to the former ABB Alstom Power NV joint venture (Alstom Power NV). The guarantees primarily consist of performance guarantees and other miscellaneous guarantees under certain contracts such as indemnification for personal injuries and property damages, taxes and compliance with labor laws, environmental laws and patents. These guarantees have no fixed expiration date. In May 2000, the Company sold its interest in Alstom Power NV to Alstom SA (Alstom). As a

F-52

---

Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

result, Alstom and its subsidiaries have primary responsibility for performing the obligations that are the subject of the guarantees. Further, Alstom, the parent company and Alstom Power NV, have undertaken jointly and severally to fully indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any claims arising under such guarantees. Management's best estimate of the total maximum potential amount payable of quantifiable guarantees issued by the Company on behalf of its former Power Generation business was $65 million and $78 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is subject to foreign exchange fluctuations. The Company has not experienced any losses related to guarantees issued on behalf of the former Power Generation business.

        The Company is engaged in executing a number of projects as a member of consortia that include third parties. In certain of these cases, the Company guarantees not only its own performance but also the work of third parties. The original maturity dates of these guarantees range from one to six years. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the maximum potential amount payable under these guarantees as a result of third-party non-performance was $70 million and $57 million, respectively.

Financial guarantees and commercial commitments

        Financial guarantees represent irrevocable assurances that the Company will make payment to a beneficiary in the event that a third party fails to fulfill its financial obligations and the beneficiary under the guarantee incurs a loss due to that failure.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had a maximum potential amount payable of $77 million and $83 million, respectively, under financial guarantees outstanding. Of these amounts, $15 million and $19 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was in respect of guarantees issued on behalf of companies in which the Company formerly had or has an equity interest. The guarantees outstanding have various maturity dates up to 2020.

        In addition, in the normal course of bidding for and executing certain projects, the Company has entered into standby letters of credit, bid/performance bonds and surety bonds (collectively "performance bonds") with various financial institutions. Customers can draw on such performance bonds in the event that the Company does not fulfill its contractual obligations. The Company would then have an obligation to reimburse the financial institution for amounts paid under the performance bonds. There have been no significant amounts reimbursed to financial institutions under these types of arrangements in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Indemnification guarantees

        The Company has indemnified certain purchasers of divested businesses for potential claims arising from the operations of the divested businesses. To the extent the maximum potential loss related to such indemnifications could not be calculated, no amounts have been included under maximum potential payments in the table above. Indemnifications for which maximum potential losses could not be calculated include indemnifications for legal claims. The significant indemnification guarantees for which maximum potential losses could be calculated are described below.

        The Company issued to the purchasers of Lummus Global guarantees related to assets and liabilities divested in 2007. The maximum potential amount payable relating to this business, pursuant to the sales agreement, at each of December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $50 million.

        The Company issued to the purchasers of its interest in Jorf Lasfar Energy Company S.C.A. guarantees related to assets and liabilities divested in 2007. The maximum potential amount payable under such guarantees was $140 million at December 31, 2012. During 2013, a settlement agreement

F-53

---

Table of Contents

Note 15—Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

was reached and at December 31, 2013, the Company had no further obligations with respect to these guarantees.

Product and order-related contingencies

        The Company calculates its provision for product warranties based on historical claims experience and specific review of certain contracts.

        The reconciliation of the "Provisions for warranties", including guarantees of product performance, was as follows:

Related party transactions

        The Company conducts business with certain companies where members of the Company's Board of Directors or Executive Committee act, or in recent years have acted, as directors or senior executives. The Company's Board of Directors has determined that the Company's business relationships with those companies do not constitute material business relationships. This determination was made in accordance with the Company's related party transaction policy which was prepared based on the Swiss Code of Best Practice and the independence criteria set forth in the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Note 16—Taxes

        "Provision for taxes" consisted of the following:

F-54

---

Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        Tax expense from continuing operations is reconciled below from the Company's weighted-average global tax rate (rather than from the Swiss domestic statutory tax rate) as the parent company of the ABB Group, ABB Ltd, is domiciled in Switzerland and income generated in jurisdictions outside of Switzerland (hereafter "foreign jurisdictions") which has already been subject to corporate income tax in those foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. There is no requirement in Switzerland for any parent company of a group to file a tax return of the consolidated group determining domestic and foreign pre-tax income. As the Company's consolidated income from continuing operations is predominantly earned outside of Switzerland, corporate income tax in foreign jurisdictions largely determines the global weighted-average tax rate of the Company.

        The reconciliation of "Tax expense from continuing operations" at the weighted-average tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the "Items taxed at rates other than the weighted-average tax rate" predominantly related to tax credits arising in foreign jurisdictions for which the technical merits did not allow a benefit to be taken.

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, "Changes in the valuation allowance, net" included reductions in valuation allowances recorded in certain jurisdictions where the Company determined that it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets (recognized for net operating losses and temporary differences in those jurisdictions) would be realized, as well as increases in the valuation allowance in certain other jurisdictions. In 2013, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included an amount of $104 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe and South America. It also included a benefit of $42 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe. In 2012, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included an expense of $36 million related to certain of the Company's operations in Central Europe and in 2011, the "Changes in valuation allowance, net" included a benefit of $47 million, related to certain of the Company's operations in Northern Europe.

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, "Other, net" of $58 million, $47 million and $46 million, respectively, included expenses of $71 million, $94 million and $60 million, respectively, in relation to items that were deducted for financial accounting purposes, but were not tax deductible, such as interest expense, local taxes on productive activities, disallowed meals and entertainment expenses and other similar items.

F-55

---

Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

        Certain entities have deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carry-forwards and other items. As recognition of these assets in certain entities did not meet the more likely than not criterion, valuation allowances have been recorded and amount to $589 million and $550 million, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. "Unused tax losses and credits" at December 31, 2013 and 2012, in the table above, included $172 million and $155 million, respectively, for which the Company has established a full valuation allowance as, due to limitations imposed by the relevant tax law, the Company determined that, more likely than not, such deferred tax assets would not be realized.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, deferred tax liabilities totaling $598 million and $766 million have been provided for in respect of withholding taxes, dividend distribution taxes or additional corporate income taxes (hereafter "withholding taxes") on unremitted earnings, as well as for limited Swiss income taxes on any such repatriated earnings. Income which has been generated outside of Switzerland and has already been subject to corporate income tax in such foreign jurisdictions is, to a large extent, tax exempt in Switzerland. Therefore, generally no or only limited Swiss income tax has to be provided for on the repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The decrease during 2013 was mainly due to repatriation of earnings.

F-56

---

Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        Certain countries levy withholding taxes on dividend distributions. Such taxes cannot always be fully reclaimed by the shareholder, although they have to be declared and withheld by the subsidiary. In 2013 and 2012, certain taxes arose in certain foreign jurisdictions for which the technical merits do not allow utilization of benefits. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximately $200 million and $400 million, respectively, of foreign subsidiary retained earnings subject to withholding taxes upon distribution were considered as permanently reinvested, as these funds are used for financing current operations as well as business growth through working capital and capital expenditure in those countries, and consequently, no deferred tax liability was recorded.

        At December 31, 2013, net operating loss carry-forwards of $2,685 million and tax credits of $239 million were available to reduce future taxes of certain subsidiaries. Of these amounts, $1,779 million of loss carry-forwards and $238 million of tax credits will expire in varying amounts through 2033. The largest amount of these carry-forwards related to the Company's Central Europe operations.

F-57

---

Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        Unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following:

        In 2013, the "Increase relating to current year tax positions" included a total of $62 million in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.

        In 2012, the "Decrease relating to prior year tax positions" included a total of $87 million relating to the release of provisions due to favorable resolution of a tax dispute in Northern Europe. In 2012, the "Increase relating to current year tax positions" included a total of $108 million in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities. In 2012, the "Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities" included a total of $47 million relating to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities.

F-58

---

Table of Contents

Note 16—Taxes (Continued)

        In 2011, the "Increase relating to prior year tax positions", in unrecognized tax benefits above, related primarily to a tax dispute in Asia. The "Increase relating to prior year tax positions", in penalties and interest related to unrecognized tax benefits above, mainly reflected the interest accrual on prior years' tax positions. Also in 2011, the "Increase relating to current year tax positions" included a total of $97 million in taxes related to the interpretation of tax law and double tax treaty agreements by competent tax authorities. In 2011, the "Decrease due to settlements with tax authorities" included $49 million in tax, penalty and interest relating to a tax dispute in Northern Europe, while the "Decrease as a result of the applicable statute of limitations" included both the effect of the statute of limitations in certain jurisdictions, as well as instances where tax audits had been concluded by taxing authorities and the corresponding tax years were consequently considered closed.

        At December 31, 2013, the Company expected the resolution, within the next twelve months, of uncertain tax positions related to pending court cases amounting to $34 million for taxes, penalties and interest. Otherwise, the Company had not identified any other significant changes which were considered reasonably possible to occur within the next twelve months.

        At December 31, 2013, the earliest significant open tax years that remained subject to examination were the following:

Note 17—Employee benefits

        The Company operates defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans and termination indemnity plans, in accordance with local regulations and practices. These plans cover a large portion of the Company's employees and provide benefits to employees in the event of death, disability, retirement, or termination of employment. Certain of these plans are multi-employer plans. The Company also operates other postretirement benefit plans including postretirement health care benefits, and other employee-related benefits for active employees including long-service award plans. The measurement date used for the Company's employee benefit plans is December 31. The funding policies of the Company's plans are consistent with the local government and tax requirements and several of the plans are not required to be funded according to local government and tax requirements.

        The Company recognizes in its Consolidated Balance Sheets the funded status of its defined benefit pension plans, postretirement plans, and other employee-related benefits measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation.

F-59

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

Obligations and funded status of the plans

        The change in benefit obligation, change in fair value of plan assets, and funded status recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

        The amounts recognized in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" and "Noncontrolling interests" were:

F-60

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        In addition, the following amounts were recognized in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

        The funded status, calculated using the projected benefit obligation (PBO) and fair value of plan assets, for pension plans with a PBO in excess of fair value of plan assets (underfunded) or fair value of plan assets in excess of PBO (overfunded), respectively, was:

F-61

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) for all defined benefit pension plans was $11,594 million and $11,668 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The funded status, calculated using the ABO and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with ABO in excess of fair value of plan assets (underfunded) or fair value of plan assets in excess of ABO (overfunded), respectively, was:

        All of the Company's other postretirement benefit plans are unfunded.

Components of net periodic benefit cost

        Net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:

        The net actuarial loss and prior service cost for defined pension benefits estimated to be amortized from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" into net periodic benefit cost in 2014 is $115 million and $29 million, respectively.

        The net actuarial loss and prior service (credit) for other postretirement benefits estimated to be amortized from "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" into net periodic benefit cost in 2014 is $1 million and $(9) million, respectively.

Assumptions

        The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:

F-62

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The discount rate assumptions are based upon AA-rated corporate bonds. In those countries with sufficient liquidity in corporate bonds, the Company used the current market long-term corporate bond rates and matched the bond duration with the average duration of the pension liabilities. In those countries where the liquidity of the AA-rated corporate bonds was deemed to be insufficient, the Company determined the discount rate by adding the credit spread derived from an AA corporate bond index in another relevant liquid market, as adjusted for interest rate differentials, to the domestic government bond curve or interest rate swap curve.

        The following weighted-average assumptions were used to determine the "Net periodic benefit cost":

        The "Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets" is derived for each benefit plan by considering the expected future long-term return assumption for each individual asset class. A single long-term return assumption is then derived for each plan based upon the plan's current and target asset allocation.

        The Company maintains other postretirement benefit plans, which are generally contributory with participants' contributions adjusted annually. The assumptions used were:

        A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects at December 31, 2013:

Plan assets

        The Company has pension plans in various countries with the majority of the Company's pension liabilities deriving from a limited number of these countries. The pension plans' structures reflect local regulatory environments and market practices.

        The pension plans are typically funded by regular contributions from employees and the Company. These plans are typically administered by boards of trustees (which include Company representatives) whose primary responsibility is to ensure that the plans meet their liabilities through contributions and investment returns. The boards of trustees have the responsibility for key investment strategy decisions.

F-63

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        The accumulated contributions are invested in a diversified range of assets that are managed by third-party asset managers, in accordance with local statutory regulations, pension plan rules and the respective plans' investment guidelines, as approved by the boards of trustees.

        Plan assets are generally segregated from those of the Company and invested with the aim of meeting the respective plans' projected future pension liabilities. Plan assets are measured at fair value at the balance sheet date.

        The boards of trustees manage the assets of the pension plans in a risk-controlled manner and assess the risks embedded in the pension plans through asset/liability modeling. The projected future development of pension liabilities is assessed relative to various alternative asset allocations in order to determine a strategic asset allocation for each plan that provides a balance between risk and return. Asset/liability management studies typically take place every three years. However, the risks of the plans are monitored on an ongoing basis. The assets of the major plans are reviewed at least quarterly, while the plans' liabilities are reviewed in detail at least annually.

        The board of trustees' investment goal is to maximize the long-term returns of plan assets within specified risk parameters, while considering the future liabilities and liquidity needs of the individual plans. Risk parameters taken into account include:

•

the funding ratio of the plan,



•

the likelihood of extraordinary cash contributions being required, and



•

the risk embedded in each individual asset class, and the plan asset portfolio as a whole.

        The Company's investment policy is to achieve a balance between risk and return on the plans' investments through the diversification of asset classes, the use of various external asset managers and the use of differing investment styles. This has resulted in a diversified portfolio with a mix of actively and passively managed investments.

        The Company's global pension asset allocation is the result of the asset allocations of the individual plans, which are set by the respective boards of trustees. The target asset allocation of the Company's plans on a weighted-average basis is as follows:

        The actual asset allocations of the plans are in line with the target asset allocations.

        Fixed income assets include corporate bonds of companies from diverse industries and government bonds mainly from mature-market issuers. Equity assets primarily include investments in large-cap and mid-cap listed companies. Both fixed income and equity assets are invested either via funds or directly in individual securities, and include an allocation to emerging markets. Real estate investments consist largely of domestic real estate in Switzerland held in the Swiss plans. The "Other" asset class includes investments in private equity, hedge funds, commodities, and cash and reflects a variety of investment strategies.

F-64

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        Based on the above global asset allocation, the expected long-term return on assets at December 31, 2013, is 4.60 percent. The Company and the local boards of trustees regularly review the investment performance of the asset classes and individual asset managers. Due to the diversified nature of the investments, the Company is of the opinion that no significant concentration of risks exists in its pension fund assets.

        The Company does not expect any plan assets to be returned to the employer during 2014.

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, plan assets include ABB Ltd's shares (as well as an insignificant amount of the Company's debt instruments) with a total value of $18 million and $16 million, respectively.

        The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets by asset class are presented below. For further information on the fair value hierarchy and an overview of the Company's valuation techniques applied see the "Fair value measures" section of Note 2.

F-65

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

        In the above table of pension assets at December 31, 2012, certain assets, previously disclosed as Level 1, have been disclosed as Level 2, to conform with the current year's presentation.

        The following table represents the movements of those asset categories whose fair values use significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

        Real estate properties are valued under the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, by which the market value of a property is determined as the total of all projected future earnings discounted to the valuation date. The discount rates are determined for each property

F-66

---

Table of Contents

Note 17—Employee benefits (Continued)

individually according to the property's location and specific use, and by considering initial yields of comparable market transactions.

        Private equity investments include investments in partnerships and related funds. Such investments consist of both publicly-traded and privately-held securities. Publicly-traded securities that are quoted in inactive markets are valued using available quotes and adjusted for liquidity restrictions. Privately-held securities are valued taking into account various factors, such as the most recent financing involving unrelated new investors, earnings multiple analyses using comparable companies and discounted cash flow analyses.

        Hedge funds are normally not exchange-traded and the shares of the funds are not redeemed daily. Depending on the fund structure, the fair values are derived through modeling techniques based on the values of the underlying assets adjusted to reflect liquidity and transferability restrictions.

Contributions

        Employer contributions were as follows:

        In 2013, the discretionary contributions included non-cash contributions totaling $160 million of available-for-sale debt securities to certain of the Company's pension plans in Germany and the United Kingdom. In 2012, the discretionary contributions included non-cash contributions totaling $42 million of available-for-sale securities to the Company's pension plans in the United Kingdom and the U.S.

        The Company expects to contribute approximately $310 million, including $75 million of discretionary contributions, to its defined benefit pension plans in 2014. $25 million of the 2014 discretionary contributions are expected to be non-cash contributions. The Company expects to contribute approximately $18 million to its other postretirement benefit plans in 2014.

        The Company also contributes to a number of defined contribution plans. The aggregate expense for these plans was $243 million, $220 million and $144 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contributions to multi-employer plans were not significant in 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Estimated future benefit payments

        The expected future cash flows to be paid by the Company's plans in respect of pension and other postretirement benefit plans (net of Medicare subsidies) at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

F-67

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements

        The Company has three principal share-based payment plans, as more fully described in the respective sections below. Compensation cost for equity-settled awards is recorded in "Total cost of sales" and in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" and totaled $71 million, $60 million, and $67 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Compensation cost for cash-settled awards is recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" and is disclosed in the "WARs", "LTIP" and "Other share-based payments" sections of this note. The total tax benefit recognized in 2013, 2012 and 2011, was not significant.

        At December 31, 2013, the Company had the ability to issue up to 94 million new shares out of contingent capital in connection with share-based payment arrangements. In addition, 14 million shares held by the Company in treasury stock at December 31, 2013, could be used to settle share-based payment arrangements.

        As the primary trading market for the shares of ABB Ltd is the SIX Swiss Exchange, on which the shares are traded in Swiss francs, certain data disclosed below related to the instruments granted under share-based payment arrangements are presented in Swiss francs.

MIP

        Under the MIP, the Company offers options and cash-settled WARs (and prior to the 2010 launch offered also physically-settled warrants) to key employees for no consideration.

        The warrants and options granted under the MIP allow participants to purchase shares of ABB Ltd at predetermined prices. Participants may sell the warrants and options rather than exercise the right to purchase shares. Equivalent warrants are listed by a third-party bank on the SIX Swiss Exchange, which facilitates pricing and transferability of instruments granted under this plan. The options entitle the holder to request that the third-party bank purchase such options at the market price of equivalent listed warrants related to that MIP launch. If the participant elects to sell the warrants or options, the instruments will thereafter be held by a third party and, consequently, the Company's obligation to deliver shares will be toward this third party. Each WAR gives the participant the right to receive, in cash, the market price of an equivalent listed warrant on the date of exercise of the WAR. The WARs are non-transferable.

        Participants may exercise or sell warrants and options and exercise WARs after the vesting period, which is three years from the date of grant. Vesting restrictions can be waived in certain circumstances such as death or disability. All warrants, options and WARs expire six years from the date of grant.

Warrants and options

        The fair value of each warrant and option is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice model that uses the weighted-average assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from equivalent listed warrants on ABB Ltd shares. The expected term of the warrants and options granted has been assumed to be the contractual six-year life of each warrant and option, based on the fact that after the vesting period, a participant can elect to sell the warrant or option rather than exercise the right to purchase shares, thereby realizing the time value of the warrants and options. The risk-free rate is based on a six-year Swiss franc interest rate, reflecting the

F-68

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

six-year contractual life of the warrants and options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous comparable MIP launches.

        Presented below is a summary of the activity related to warrants and options under the MIP:

        At December 31, 2013, there was $79 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the MIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per instrument) of options granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 0.66 Swiss francs, 0.59 Swiss francs and 0.83 Swiss francs, respectively. In 2011 the aggregate intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of instruments exercised was 11 million Swiss francs ($13 million). There were no exercises in 2013 and the aggregate intrinsic value in 2012 was not significant.

F-69

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Presented below is a summary, by launch, related to instruments outstanding at December 31, 2013:

WARs

        As each WAR gives the holder the right to receive cash equal to the market price of the equivalent listed warrant on date of exercise, the Company records a liability based upon the fair value of outstanding WARs at each period end, accreted on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period. In "Selling, general and administrative expenses", the Company recorded an expense of $26 million and income of $8 million in 2013 and 2011, respectively, as a result of changes in both the fair value and vested portion of the outstanding WARs. The amount recorded in 2012 was not significant. To hedge its exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of outstanding WARs, the Company purchased cash-settled call options, which entitle the Company to receive amounts equivalent to its obligations under the outstanding WARs. The cash-settled call options are recorded as derivatives measured at fair value (see Note 5), with subsequent changes in fair value recorded through earnings to the extent that they offset the change in fair value of the liability for the WARs. In 2013 the Company recorded an income of $16 million and in 2011, an expense of $24 million, in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" related to the cash-settled call options. The amount recorded in 2012 was not significant.

        The aggregate fair value of outstanding WARs was $56 million and $26 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of WARs was determined based upon the trading price of equivalent warrants listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange.

F-70

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Presented below is a summary of the activity related to WARs:

        The aggregate fair value at date of grant of WARs granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011, was $13 million, $10 million and $10 million, respectively. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, share-based liabilities of $9 million, $7 million and $7 million, respectively, were paid upon exercise of WARs by participants.

ESAP

        The employee share acquisition plan (ESAP) is an employee stock-option plan with a savings feature. Employees save over a twelve-month period, by way of regular payroll deductions. At the end of the savings period, employees choose whether to exercise their stock options using their savings plus interest to buy ABB Ltd shares (American Depositary Shares (ADS) in the case of employees in the United States and Canada—each ADS representing one registered share of the Company) at the exercise price set at the grant date, or have their savings returned with interest. The savings are accumulated in bank accounts held by a third-party trustee on behalf of the participants and earn interest. Employees can withdraw from the ESAP at any time during the savings period and will be entitled to a refund of their accumulated savings.

        The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the same option valuation model as described under the MIP, using the assumptions noted in the table below. The expected term of the option granted has been determined to be the contractual one-year life of each option, at the end of which the options vest and the participants are required to decide whether to exercise their options or have their savings returned with interest. The risk-free rate is based on one-year Swiss franc interest rates, reflecting the one-year contractual life of the options. In estimating forfeitures, the Company has used the data from previous ESAP launches.

F-71

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Presented below is a summary of activity under the ESAP:

        The exercise prices per ABB Ltd share and per ADS of 22.90 Swiss francs and $25.21, respectively, for the 2013 grant, 17.08 Swiss francs and $18.30, respectively, for the 2012 grant, and 15.98 Swiss francs and $18.10, respectively, for the 2011 grant were determined using the closing price of the ABB Ltd share on SIX Swiss Exchange and ADS on the New York Stock Exchange on the respective grant dates. For the 2013 grant, the exercise price has been effectively reduced as for every ten shares bought through exercise of the options one additional free share will be delivered; therefore the effective exercise prices per ABB Ltd share and per ADS are 20.82 Swiss francs and $22.92, respectively. The table above reflects the effective exercise price.

        At December 31, 2013, there was $12 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the ESAP. That cost is expected to be recognized over the first ten months of 2014 in "Total cost of sales" and in "Selling, general and administrative expenses". The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per option) of options granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011, was 2.79 Swiss francs, 1.29 Swiss francs and 1.89 Swiss francs, respectively. The total intrinsic value (on the date of exercise) of options exercised in 2013 was $24 million while in 2012 and 2011 it was not significant.

LTIP

        The Company has a long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for members of its Executive Committee and selected other executives (Eligible Participants), as defined in the terms of the LTIP and determined by the Company's Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee. The LTIP involves annual conditional grants of the Company's stock to such Eligible Participants that are subject to certain conditions. The 2013, 2012 and 2011 launches under the LTIP are each composed of two components: (i) a performance component (earnings per share performance for the 2013 and 2012 launches and share-price performance for the 2011 launch) and (ii) a retention component.

F-72

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Under the performance component, the number of shares granted is dependent upon the base salary of the Eligible Participant. For the 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, the actual number of shares that will vest at a future date is dependent on (i) the Company's weighted cumulative earnings per share performance over three financial years, beginning with the year of launch, and (ii) the fulfillment of the service condition as defined in the terms and conditions of the LTIP. The cumulative earnings per share performance is weighted as follows: 33 percent of the first year's result, 67 percent of the second year's result and 100 percent of the third year's result. The actual number of shares that ultimately vest will vary depending on the weighted cumulative earnings per share outcome, interpolated between a lower threshold (no shares vest) and an upper threshold (the number of shares vesting is capped at 200 percent of the conditional grant).

        For the 2011 LTIP launch, the actual number of shares that will vest at a future date is dependent on (i) the performance of ABB Ltd shares during a defined three-year period (Evaluation Period) compared to those of a selected peer group of publicly-listed multinational companies and (ii) the fulfillment of the service condition as defined in the terms and conditions of the LTIP. The actual number of shares that ultimately vest cannot exceed 100 percent of the conditional grant. The performance of the Company compared to its peers over the Evaluation Period will be measured as the sum, in percentage terms, of the average percentage price development of the ABB Ltd share price over the Evaluation Period (from a reference price of 22.25 Swiss francs for the 2011 launch) and an average annual dividend yield percentage (the Company's Performance). In order for shares to vest, the Company's Performance over the Evaluation Period must be equal to or better than half of the defined peers. The actual number of shares to be delivered by the Company, after the end of the Evaluation Period, will be dependent on the Company's ranking in comparison with the defined peers. The full amount of the grant will vest if the Company's Performance is positive and better than three-quarters of the defined peers. If the Company's Performance is negative but other conditions are met, a reduced number of shares will vest. In addition, if the Company's net income (adjusted for the financial impact of items that are, in the opinion of the Company's Board, non-operating, non-recurring or unforeseen—such as divestments and acquisitions) is negative for the year preceding the year in which the Evaluation Period ends, no shares will vest, irrespective of the outcome of the Company's Performance.

        Under the retention component of the 2013, 2012 and 2011 LTIP launches, each Eligible Participant was conditionally granted an individually defined maximum number of shares which fully vest at the end of the respective vesting periods (if the participant remains an Eligible Participant until the end of such period).

        For the 2013, 2012 and 2011 LTIP launches, under the performance component, an Eligible Participant receives, in cash, 100 percent of the value of the shares that have vested. Under the retention component, an Eligible Participant receives 70 percent of the shares that have vested in the form of shares and 30 percent of the value of the shares that have vested in cash, with the possibility to elect to receive the 30 percent portion also in shares rather than cash.

F-73

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        Presented below is a summary of activity under the LTIP:

        Equity-settled awards are recorded in the "Capital stock and additional paid-in capital" component of stockholders' equity, with compensation cost recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses" over the vesting period (which is from grant date to the end of the vesting period) based on the grant-date fair value of the shares. Cash-settled awards are recorded as a liability, remeasured at fair value at each reporting date for the percentage vested, with changes in the liability recorded in "Selling, general and administrative expenses".

        At December 31, 2013, there was $14 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to equity-settled awards under the LTIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. The compensation cost recorded in 2013, 2012 and 2011, for cash-settled awards was not significant.

        The aggregate fair value, at the dates of grant, of shares granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011, was approximately $22 million, $22 million and $16 million, respectively. The total grant-date fair value of shares that vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was not significant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value (per share) of shares granted during 2013, 2012 and 2011, was 20.92 Swiss francs, 15.21 Swiss francs and 17.91 Swiss francs, respectively.

        For the earnings per share performance component of the 2013 and 2012 LTIP launches, the aggregate fair value of the conditionally granted shares is based on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at each reporting date and the probable outcome of the earnings per share achievement that would result in the vesting of the highest number of shares, as computed using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The main inputs to this model are the Company's and financial analysts' revenue growth rates and Operational EBITDA margin expectations.

F-74

---

Table of Contents

Note 18—Share-based payment arrangements (Continued)

        The aggregate fair value of the shares relating to the (cash-settled) share-price performance component under the 2011 LTIP launch is based on the market price of the ABB Ltd share at each reporting date adjusted for the probability of vesting as computed using a Monte Carlo simulation model at each reporting date. The main inputs to the Monte Carlo simulation model for the December 31, 2013 and 2012, fair values for the Company and each peer company were as follows:

        For the retention component under the 2013, 2012 and 2011 LTIP launches, the fair value of granted shares for equity-settled awards is the market price of the ABB Ltd share on grant date and the fair value of granted shares for cash-settled awards is the market price of the ABB Ltd share at each reporting date.

Other share-based payments

        The Company has other minor share-based payment arrangements with certain employees. The compensation cost related to these arrangements in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was not significant.

Note 19—Stockholders' equity

        At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had 2,819 million authorized shares, of which 2,315 million were registered and issued.

        At the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) held in April 2013, at the AGM held in April 2012 and at the AGM held in April 2011, shareholders approved the payment of a dividend of 0.68 Swiss francs per share, 0.65 Swiss francs per share and 0.60 Swiss francs per share, respectively, out of the capital contribution reserve in stockholders' equity of the unconsolidated statutory financial statements of ABB Ltd, prepared in accordance with Swiss law. The dividends were paid in May 2013 (amounting to $1,667 million), May 2012 (amounting to $1,626 million) and May 2011 (amounting to $1,569 million), respectively.

        Upon and in connection with each launch of the Company's MIP, the Company sold call options to a bank at fair value, giving the bank the right to acquire shares equivalent to the number of shares represented by the MIP warrant and WAR awards to participants. Under the terms of the agreement with the bank, the call options can only be exercised by the bank to the extent that MIP participants have either sold or exercised their warrants or exercised their WARs. In 2012 and 2011, the bank exercised certain of the call options it held. As a consequence, in 2012, the Company delivered 2.7 million shares out of treasury stock and in 2011 the Company delivered 6.0 million shares from contingent capital. No call options were exercised by the bank in 2013. At December 31, 2013, such call options representing 9.6 million shares and with strike prices ranging from 15.75 to 36.40 Swiss francs (weighted-average strike price of 23.12 Swiss francs) were held by the bank. The call options expire in periods ranging from May 2014 to May 2019. However, only 1.0 million of these instruments, with strike prices ranging from 15.75 to 36.40 Swiss francs (weighted-average strike price of 31.40 Swiss francs), could be exercised at December 31, 2013, under the terms of the agreement with the bank.

F-75

---

Table of Contents

Note 19—Stockholders' equity (Continued)

        In addition to the above, at December 31, 2013, the Company had further outstanding obligations to deliver:

•

up to 2.6 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2008 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 36.40 Swiss francs, vested in May 2011 and expiring in May 2014,



•

up to 4.5 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2009 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 19.00 Swiss francs, vested in May 2012 and expiring in May 2015,



•

up to 7.3 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2010 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 22.50 Swiss francs, vested in May 2013 and expiring in May 2016,



•

up to 8.7 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2011 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 25.50 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2014 and expiring in May 2017,



•

up to 16.6 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2012 launches of the MIP, with a weighted-average strike price of 16.06 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2015 and expiring in May 2018,



•

up to 17.4 million shares relating to the options granted under the 2013 launch of the MIP, with a strike price of 21.50 Swiss francs, vesting in May 2016 and expiring in May 2019,



•

up to 4.7 million shares relating to the ESAP, vesting and expiring in November 2014,



•

up to 1.7 million shares to Eligible Participants under the 2013, 2012 and 2011, launches of the LTIP, vesting and expiring in June 2016, May 2015 and March 2014, respectively, and



•

up to 2.3 million shares in connection with certain other share-based payment arrangements with employees.

        See Note 18 for a description of the above share-based payment arrangements.

        In November 2013 and 2012, the Company delivered 3.7 million and 2.3 million shares, respectively, from treasury stock, under the ESAP. In 2011, the number of shares delivered under the ESAP was not significant.

        Amounts available to be distributed as dividends to the stockholders of ABB Ltd are based on the requirements of Swiss law and ABB Ltd's Articles of Incorporation, and are determined based on amounts presented in the unconsolidated financial statements of ABB Ltd, Zurich, prepared in accordance with Swiss law. At December 31, 2013, of the 11,637 million Swiss francs ($13,076 million) total stockholders' equity reflected in such unconsolidated financial statements, 2,384 million Swiss francs ($2,679 million) represents share capital and 9,253 million Swiss francs ($10,397 million) represent reserves. Of these reserves, legal reserves for own shares of 296 million Swiss francs ($333 million) and ordinary legal reserves of 1,000 million Swiss francs ($1,124 million) are restricted.

        In February 2014, the Company announced that a proposal will be put to the 2014 AGM to distribute 0.70 Swiss francs per share to shareholders.

F-76

---

Table of Contents

Note 20—Earnings per share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the year, assuming that all potentially dilutive securities were exercised, if dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities comprise outstanding written call options and outstanding options and shares granted subject to certain conditions under the Company's share-based payment arrangements. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, outstanding securities representing a maximum of 47 million, 56 million and 39 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Basic earnings per share:

Diluted earnings per share:

F-77

---

Table of Contents

Note 21—Other comprehensive income

        The following table includes amounts recorded within "Total other comprehensive income (loss)" including the related income tax effects.

F-78

---

Table of Contents

Note 21—Other comprehensive income (Continued)

        The following table shows changes in "Accumulated other comprehensive loss" (OCI) attributable to ABB, by component, net of tax:

        The following table reflects amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Pension and other postretirement plan adjustments and Unrealized gains (losses) of cash flow hedge derivatives:

        The amounts reclassified out of OCI in respect of Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities were not significant in 2013.

F-79

---

Table of Contents

Note 22—Restructuring and related expenses

Restructuring-related activities

        In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company executed minor restructuring-related activities and incurred charges of $252 million, $180 million and $164 million, respectively, which were mainly recorded in "Total cost of sales".

        At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the balance of restructuring and related liabilities is primarily included in "Other provisions".

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data

        The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) is the Company's Executive Committee. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each operating segment using the information outlined below. The Company's operating segments consist of Discrete Automation and Motion, Low Voltage Products, Process Automation, Power Products and Power Systems. The remaining operations of the Company are included in Corporate and Other.

        A description of the types of products and services provided by each reportable segment is as follows:

•

Discrete Automation and Motion:  manufactures and sells motors, generators, variable speed drives, programmable logic controllers, robots and robotics, solar inverters, wind converters, rectifiers, excitation systems, power quality and protection solutions, electric vehicle fast charging infrastructure, components and subsystems for railways, and related services for a wide range of applications in discrete automation, process industries, transportation and utilities.



•

Low Voltage Products:  manufactures products and systems that provide protection, control and measurement for electrical installations, as well as enclosures, switchboards, electronics and electromechanical devices for industrial machines, plants and related service. In addition the segment manufactures products for wiring and cable management, cable protection systems, power connection and safety. The segment also makes intelligent building control systems for home and building automation.



•

Process Automation:  develops and sells control and plant optimization systems, automation products and solutions, including instrumentation, as well as industry-specific application knowledge and services for the oil, gas and petrochemicals, metals and minerals, marine and turbocharging, pulp and paper, chemical and pharmaceuticals, and power industries.



•

Power Products:  manufactures and sells high- and medium-voltage switchgear and apparatus, circuit breakers for all current and voltage levels, power and distribution transformers and sensors for electric, gas and water utilities and for industrial and commercial customers.



•

Power Systems:  designs, installs and upgrades high-efficiency transmission and distribution systems and power plant automation and electrification solutions, including monitoring and control products, software and services and incorporating components manufactured by both the Company and by third parties.

F-80

---

Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

•

Corporate and Other:  includes headquarters, central research and development, the Company's real estate activities, Group treasury operations and other minor business activities.

        The Company evaluates the profitability of its segments based on Operational EBITDA, which represents income from operations excluding depreciation and amortization, restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, and acquisition-related expenses and certain non-operational items, as well as foreign exchange/commodity timing differences in income from operations consisting of: (i) unrealized gains and losses on derivatives (foreign exchange, commodities, embedded derivatives), (ii) realized gains and losses on derivatives where the underlying hedged transaction has not yet been realized, and (iii) unrealized foreign exchange movements on receivables/payables (and related assets/liabilities).

        The CODM primarily reviews the results of each segment on a basis that is before the elimination of profits made on inventory sales between segments. Segment results below are presented before these eliminations, with a total deduction for intersegment profits to arrive at the Company's consolidated Operational EBITDA. Intersegment sales and transfers are accounted for as if the sales and transfers were to third parties, at current market prices.

        The following tables present segment revenues, Operational EBITDA, the reconciliations of consolidated Operational EBITDA to income from continuing operations before taxes, as well as depreciation and amortization, and capital expenditures for 2013, 2012 and 2011, as well as total assets at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-81

---

Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

 

F-82

---

Table of Contents

Note 23—Operating segment and geographic data (Continued)

Geographic information

        Geographic information for revenues and long-lived assets was as follows:

        Revenues by geography reflect the location of the customer. Approximately 18 percent, 17 percent and 14 percent of the Company's total revenues in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, came from customers in the United States. Approximately 12 percent, 12 percent and 13 percent of the Company's total revenues in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were generated from customers in China. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, more than 98 percent of the Company's total revenues were generated from customers outside Switzerland.

        Long-lived assets represent "Property, plant and equipment, net" and are shown by location of the assets. At December 31, 2013, approximately 17 percent, 17 percent and 15 percent of the Company's long-lived assets were located in Switzerland, the U.S. and Sweden, respectively. At December 31, 2012, approximately 17 percent, 17 percent and 14 percent were located in Switzerland, the U.S. and Sweden, respectively.

        The Company does not segregate revenues derived from transactions with external customers for each type or group of products and services. Accordingly, it is not practicable for the Company to present revenues from external customers by product and service type.

F-83

---